diff options
author | Danial Behzadi <dani.behzi@ubuntu.com> | 2020-04-24 17:55:30 +0100 |
---|---|---|
committer | Arash Mousavi <mousavi.arash@gmail.com> | 2020-04-24 17:55:30 +0100 |
commit | 8624940ab21c362113b221b59c5f7b236be2a40f (patch) | |
tree | 3b326183e3272612797310998222f43894292620 | |
parent | 786e9cbcfd4379182c7eb37187427bfa19e4cd32 (diff) | |
download | gnome-user-docs-8624940ab21c362113b221b59c5f7b236be2a40f.tar.gz |
Update Persian translation
-rw-r--r-- | gnome-help/fa/fa.po | 20321 |
1 files changed, 20321 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/gnome-help/fa/fa.po b/gnome-help/fa/fa.po new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6df51ced --- /dev/null +++ b/gnome-help/fa/fa.po @@ -0,0 +1,20321 @@ +# Persian translation for gnome-user-docs. +# Copyright (C) 2020 gnome-user-docs's COPYRIGHT HOLDER +# This file is distributed under the same license as the gnome-user-docs package. +# Danial Behzadi <dani.behzi@ubuntu.com>, 2020. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-04-10 14:53+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-04-12 02:00+0430\n" +"Language-Team: Persian <fa@li.org>\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: fa\n" +"Last-Translator: \n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 2.3\n" + +#. (itstool) path: p/link +#: C/legal.xml:3 +msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" +msgstr "نگارش ۳.۰ پروانهٔ پورتنشدهٔ کرتیو کامنز Attribution-ShareAlike" + +#. (itstool) path: license/p +#: C/legal.xml:3 +msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>." +msgstr "این کار منتشر شده تحت یک <_:link-1/>." + +#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "translator-credits" +msgstr "دانیال بهزادی <dani.behzi@ubuntu.com>" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:20 C/a11y-braille.page:16 C/a11y-contrast.page:18 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:20 +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:19 C/a11y-mag.page:18 C/a11y.page:13 C/a11y-right-click.page:20 +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:15 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:20 C/a11y-visualalert.page:19 +#: C/accounts-add.page:28 C/accounts-remove.page:23 C/bluetooth.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:21 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:17 C/clock.page:13 C/disk.page:9 +#: C/display-brightness.page:26 C/files-browse.page:19 C/files-delete.page:19 C/files-lost.page:18 +#: C/files-open.page:17 C/files-preview.page:16 C/files-removedrive.page:9 C/files-rename.page:17 +#: C/files-search.page:20 C/files-select.page:9 C/files-share.page:16 C/files.page:15 C/hardware-auth.page:9 +#: C/hardware.page:9 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:17 C/keyboard-nav.page:23 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:15 C/keyboard.page:18 C/look-background.page:28 C/media.page:9 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:21 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:20 C/mouse-middleclick.page:18 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:21 C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:17 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:25 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17 C/mouse-wakeup.page:17 C/nautilus-behavior.page:20 +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:15 C/nautilus-display.page:13 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:16 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:24 C/nautilus-prefs.page:8 C/nautilus-preview.page:13 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:17 C/net-findip.page:15 C/net-macaddress.page:14 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:12 C/net.page:11 C/prefs-display.page:9 C/prefs-language.page:9 C/prefs.page:10 +#: C/printing-setup.page:28 C/privacy-purge.page:24 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:18 C/screen-shot-record.page:18 +#: C/session-formats.page:15 C/session-language.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:19 C/shell-introduction.page:19 +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:19 C/shell-windows-maximize.page:14 C/shell-windows-states.page:13 +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:13 C/sound-alert.page:15 C/sound-usemic.page:15 C/sound-usespeakers.page:16 +#: C/sound-volume.page:18 C/tips-specialchars.page:15 C/tips.page:8 C/user-add.page:19 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:21 C/user-delete.page:25 +msgid "Shaun McCance" +msgstr "شون مککین" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:24 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:24 C/a11y-icon.page:17 C/a11y-right-click.page:25 +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:22 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:24 C/accounts-disable-service.page:13 C/accounts.page:13 +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:18 C/files-browse.page:23 C/files-hidden.page:14 C/files-sort.page:13 +#: C/files-tilde.page:14 C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:9 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:23 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:17 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:16 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:17 +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:13 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:17 C/nautilus-list.page:17 +#: C/net-default-browser.page:14 C/net-default-email.page:14 C/net-email-virus.page:15 +#: C/net-install-flash.page:13 C/net-manual.page:17 C/net-othersconnect.page:15 C/net-othersedit.page:15 +#: C/net-proxy.page:19 C/net-slow.page:13 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15 C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:20 +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:14 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:16 C/power-batteryestimate.page:19 C/power-batterylife.page:24 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:22 C/power-othercountry.page:18 +#: C/printing-2sided.page:13 C/printing-cancel-job.page:14 C/printing-differentsize.page:13 +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:13 C/printing-order.page:13 C/printing-select.page:13 C/printing-setup.page:16 +#: C/printing.page:12 C/sound-volume.page:14 C/user-goodpassword.page:17 +msgid "Phil Bull" +msgstr "فیل بول" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:28 C/a11y-contrast.page:22 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28 C/a11y-font-size.page:23 +#: C/a11y-mag.page:22 C/a11y.page:17 C/a11y-right-click.page:29 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28 C/a11y-visualalert.page:23 C/accounts-add.page:19 +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:17 C/accounts-remove.page:15 C/accounts-which-application.page:19 +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:18 C/backup-how.page:20 C/backup-thinkabout.page:21 C/backup-what.page:20 +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:33 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:22 +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25 +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:21 C/clock-calendar.page:21 C/clock-set.page:20 C/clock-timezone.page:20 +#: C/clock-world.page:13 C/color-assignprofiles.page:20 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21 C/color-howtoimport.page:20 C/color-testing.page:23 +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:18 C/contacts.page:13 C/contacts-connect.page:15 C/contacts-edit-details.page:19 +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:19 C/contacts-search.page:18 C/contacts-setup.page:16 C/disk-benchmark.page:22 +#: C/disk-capacity.page:16 C/disk-check.page:17 C/display-blank.page:23 C/display-brightness.page:34 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:19 C/display-night-light.page:12 C/files-autorun.page:22 +#: C/files-browse.page:27 C/files-copy.page:22 C/files-delete.page:27 C/files-disc-write.page:12 +#: C/files-hidden.page:18 C/files-lost.page:22 C/files-removedrive.page:17 C/files-rename.page:25 +#: C/files-search.page:24 C/files-share.page:20 C/files-sort.page:21 C/files-templates.page:17 +#: C/files-tilde.page:18 C/files.page:19 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:27 C/keyboard-layouts.page:26 +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:15 C/keyboard-osk.page:24 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:18 C/keyboard.page:26 C/look-background.page:36 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27 +#: C/look-resolution.page:26 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:25 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:24 +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:22 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:22 C/mouse.page:23 C/nautilus-behavior.page:24 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:16 C/nautilus-connect.page:19 C/nautilus-display.page:17 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28 C/nautilus-list.page:21 C/nautilus-preview.page:17 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:21 C/net-default-browser.page:18 C/net-default-email.page:18 C/net-email.page:19 +#: C/net-findip.page:23 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26 C/net-macaddress.page:22 C/net-manual.page:21 +#: C/net-mobile.page:20 C/net-othersconnect.page:19 C/net-othersedit.page:19 C/net-proxy.page:27 +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:17 C/net-wired-connect.page:18 +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:23 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20 C/net-wireless-connect.page:21 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:19 C/net-wireless.page:25 C/power-autobrightness.page:13 +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:27 C/power-batterylife.page:32 +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:18 C/power-batterywindows.page:26 C/power-lowpower.page:25 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:26 C/power-status.page:14 C/power-whydim.page:22 C/power-wireless.page:14 +#: C/power.page:17 C/prefs-display.page:13 C/prefs-language.page:13 C/prefs-sharing.page:13 +#: C/printing-setup.page:32 C/privacy.page:23 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:20 C/privacy-location.page:12 +#: C/privacy-purge.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:22 C/screen-shot-record.page:23 +#: C/session-formats.page:19 C/session-language.page:26 C/session-screenlocks.page:21 +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:20 C/sharing-displayname.page:13 C/sharing-media.page:17 +#: C/sharing-personal.page:17 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18 C/shell-apps-open.page:18 C/shell-exit.page:39 +#: C/shell-introduction.page:23 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24 C/shell-lockscreen.page:13 +#: C/shell-notifications.page:17 C/shell-windows-lost.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:21 +#: C/sound-alert.page:19 C/sound-nosound.page:18 C/sound-usemic.page:19 C/sound-usespeakers.page:20 +#: C/sound-volume.page:22 C/tips-specialchars.page:19 C/touchscreen-gestures.page:13 C/translate.page:16 +#: C/user-add.page:23 C/user-changepassword.page:21 C/user-delete.page:29 C/user-goodpassword.page:25 +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:17 C/wacom-mode.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:17 C/wacom-stylus.page:16 +#: C/wacom.page:23 +msgid "Michael Hill" +msgstr "مایکل هیل" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32 C/a11y-contrast.page:26 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:32 C/a11y-font-size.page:27 +#: C/a11y-mag.page:26 C/a11y.page:21 C/a11y-right-click.page:33 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:30 +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:32 C/a11y-visualalert.page:27 C/accounts-add.page:23 C/accounts-remove.page:19 +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:22 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:30 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:31 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:26 +#: C/clock-calendar.page:25 C/clock-timezone.page:24 C/color-assignprofiles.page:24 +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:26 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25 C/color-howtoimport.page:24 +#: C/color-notifications.page:18 C/color-testing.page:19 C/contacts-add-remove.page:22 +#: C/contacts-connect.page:20 C/contacts-edit-details.page:23 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:23 +#: C/contacts-search.page:22 C/display-brightness.page:30 C/display-brightness.page:38 +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:23 C/keyboard-key-menu.page:19 C/keyboard-key-super.page:19 +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34 C/keyboard-nav.page:28 C/keyboard-osk.page:28 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:34 +#: C/look-background.page:44 C/look-resolution.page:34 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28 C/mouse-middleclick.page:26 +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:29 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25 C/mouse.page:18 C/nautilus-list.page:25 +#: C/nautilus-views.page:25 C/net-default-browser.page:22 C/net-default-email.page:22 C/net-findip.page:27 +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:21 C/net-macaddress.page:26 C/net-othersconnect.page:23 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:23 C/net-proxy.page:31 C/net-vpn-connect.page:24 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:25 +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:23 C/net.page:15 C/power-batteryestimate.page:23 C/power-batterylife.page:28 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22 C/power-closelid.page:21 C/power-lowpower.page:17 C/power-nowireless.page:22 +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:20 C/power-suspend.page:18 C/power-whydim.page:26 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28 C/printing-to-file.page:13 C/session-fingerprint.page:24 +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25 C/sharing.page:18 C/sharing-desktop.page:16 C/shell-exit.page:31 +#: C/shell-introduction.page:27 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28 C/shell-notifications.page:21 +#: C/shell-overview.page:18 C/sound-alert.page:23 C/sound-usemic.page:23 C/sound-usespeakers.page:24 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23 C/user-add.page:27 C/user-admin-change.page:20 C/user-admin-explain.page:19 +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22 C/user-autologin.page:16 C/user-changepassword.page:25 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:25 C/user-delete.page:33 C/video-dvd.page:17 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:22 +msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova" +msgstr "اکاترینا گراسیموفا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:36 +msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:39 +msgid "Turn on bounce keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41 +msgid "" +"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand " +"tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn " +"on bounce keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:48 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:51 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:54 C/clock-set.page:37 +#: C/clock-timezone.page:42 C/color-assignprofiles.page:40 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:55 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:50 C/color-howtoimport.page:43 C/color-testing.page:64 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:48 C/keyboard-key-super.page:48 C/keyboard-layouts.page:55 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:50 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:51 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:47 C/net-manual.page:41 C/sharing-desktop.page:62 C/sharing-desktop.page:154 +#: C/shell-notifications.page:90 C/shell-notifications.page:126 C/wacom-stylus.page:36 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:52 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:58 C/clock-set.page:41 +#: C/clock-timezone.page:46 C/color-assignprofiles.page:44 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:59 +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:54 C/color-howtoimport.page:47 C/color-testing.page:68 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:52 C/keyboard-key-super.page:52 C/keyboard-layouts.page:59 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:54 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:71 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:51 C/net-manual.page:45 C/sharing-desktop.page:66 C/sharing-desktop.page:158 +#: C/shell-notifications.page:94 C/shell-notifications.page:130 C/wacom-stylus.page:40 +msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:55 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:58 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:61 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:55 +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:57 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:58 +msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:58 C/a11y-slowkeys.page:61 C/a11y-stickykeys.page:64 +msgid "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:62 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:67 +msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can turn bounce keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on " +"the top bar and selecting <gui>Bounce Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more " +"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:75 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another " +"key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if " +"you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after " +"the previous key press." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/a11y-braille.page:20 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:19 +msgid "Jana Heves" +msgstr "یانا هوز" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-braille.page:24 +msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-braille.page:28 +msgid "Read screen in Braille" +msgstr "خواندن صفحه در بریل" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-braille.page:30 +msgid "" +"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille " +"display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-braille.page:34 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:33 +msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:orca\">Install Orca</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-braille.page:36 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:66 +msgid "Refer to the <link href=\"help:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30 +msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they’re easier to see." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:34 +msgid "Adjust the contrast" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they’re easier to see. This is not the same as " +"changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:44 C/a11y-dwellclick.page:53 C/a11y-font-size.page:41 C/a11y-icon.page:41 +#: C/a11y-mag.page:42 C/a11y-right-click.page:48 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:47 C/a11y-visualalert.page:48 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:48 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:48 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Universal Access</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:48 C/a11y-font-size.page:45 C/a11y-icon.page:45 C/a11y-mag.page:46 +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:52 +msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51 +msgid "Switch the <gui>High Contrast</gui> switch in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:57 +msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-contrast.page:58 +msgid "" +"You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on " +"the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:36 +msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40 +msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is " +"useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called " +"<gui>Hover Click</gui> or Dwell Click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:47 +msgid "" +"When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the " +"mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:57 C/a11y-right-click.page:52 C/a11y-screen-reader.page:51 +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:52 C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57 +msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:60 C/a11y-right-click.page:55 +msgid "Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:64 +msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use " +"this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary " +"Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be " +"automatically returned to clicking." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74 +msgid "" +"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color. When it " +"has fully changed color, the button will be clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:78 +msgid "" +"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before " +"clicking." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:81 +msgid "" +"You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a " +"little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:85 +msgid "" +"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be " +"considered to be hovering." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31 +msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:34 +msgid "Change text size on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:36 +msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:48 +msgid "In the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, switch the <gui>Large Text</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility " +"icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Large Text</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:58 +msgid "" +"In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</" +"key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-font-size.page:63 +msgid "" +"<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use <app>Tweaks</app> to make text size " +"bigger or smaller." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-icon.page:21 +msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-icon.page:25 +msgid "Find the universal access menu" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-icon.page:27 +msgid "" +"The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You can " +"find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/a11y-icon.page:32 +msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-icon.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> " +"settings panel:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-icon.page:48 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-icon.page:53 +msgid "" +"To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</" +"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A white line will appear underneath " +"the <gui>Activities</gui> button — this tells you which item on the top bar is selected. Use the arrow keys " +"on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon and then press <key>Enter</key> " +"to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to " +"toggle the selected item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-mag.page:30 +msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-mag.page:33 +msgid "Magnify a screen area" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:35 +msgid "" +"Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a11y-font-size\">text size</link>. " +"This feature is like having a magnifying glass, allowing you to move around by zooming in on parts of the " +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:49 +msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:52 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Zoom</gui> switch in the top-right corner of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:63 +msgid "" +"You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will move the " +"magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on " +"the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:73 +msgid "" +"You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view on the " +"screen. Adjust these in the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom Options</gui> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:77 +msgid "" +"You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust their " +"length, color, and thickness in the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-mag.page:81 +msgid "" +"You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and greyscale " +"options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision, any " +"degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Select the " +"<gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window to enable and change these options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y.page:25 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=" +"\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-mag" +"\">screen magnifier</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">دیدن</link>، <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">شنیدن</link>، <link xref=\"a11y#mobility" +"\">حرکت</link>، <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">بریل</link>، <link xref=\"a11y-mag\">بزرگنمایی صفحه</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:34 C/keyboard.page:39 +msgid "Universal access" +msgstr "دسترسی همگانی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y.page:36 +msgid "" +"The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special " +"needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top bar, " +"giving easier access to many of the accessibility features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:42 +msgid "Visual impairments" +msgstr "اختلالات بینایی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:45 +msgid "Blindness" +msgstr "نابینایی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:48 +msgid "Low vision" +msgstr "کمبینایی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:51 +msgid "Color-blindness" +msgstr "کوررنگی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:54 C/a11y.page:76 C/keyboard.page:43 +msgid "Other topics" +msgstr "دیگر موضوعات" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:59 +msgid "Hearing impairments" +msgstr "اختلالات شنوایی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/a11y.page:64 +msgid "Mobility impairments" +msgstr "اختلالات حرکتی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:67 +msgid "Mouse movement" +msgstr "حرکت موشی" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:70 +msgid "Clicking and dragging" +msgstr "کلیک و کشیدن" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/a11y.page:73 +msgid "Keyboard use" +msgstr "استفاده از صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:22 C/accounts-whyadd.page:15 C/contacts.page:15 C/contacts-connect.page:17 +#: C/contacts-setup.page:18 C/files-removedrive.page:19 C/keyboard-layouts.page:19 C/keyboard-nav.page:25 +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:20 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:21 +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:15 C/shell-windows-states.page:15 C/status-icons.page:15 +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:19 C/wacom-mode.page:19 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:19 C/wacom-stylus.page:18 +msgid "2012" +msgstr "۲۰۱۲" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:37 +msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click." +msgstr "برای کلیک راست، دکمهٔ چپ موشی را فشار داده و نگه دارید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:40 +msgid "Simulate a right mouse click" +msgstr "شبیهسازی یک کلیک راست موشی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:42 +msgid "" +"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move " +"your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:59 +msgid "In the <gui>Click Assist</gui> window, switch the <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:64 +msgid "" +"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click " +"by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:68 +msgid "" +"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally " +"right-click, then release. The pointer fills with a different color as you hold down the left mouse button. " +"Once it will change this color entirely, release the mouse button to right-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73 +msgid "" +"Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated " +"secondary click as normal, even if you do not get visual feedback from the pointer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:77 +msgid "" +"If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding " +"down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-right-click.page:82 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this " +"feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the " +"button to right-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:23 +msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:27 +msgid "Read screen aloud" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:29 +msgid "" +"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you " +"installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. If not, install Orca first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:35 +msgid "To start <app>Orca</app> using the keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:39 +msgid "Press <key>Super</key>+<key>Alt</key>+<key>S</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:43 +msgid "Or to start <app>Orca</app> using a mouse and keyboard:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:54 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Screen Reader</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section, then switch <gui>Screen Reader</gui> on in " +"the dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:60 +msgid "Quickly turn Screen Reader on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:61 +msgid "" +"You can turn Screen Reader on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> in " +"the top bar and selecting <gui>Screen Reader</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36 +msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40 +msgid "Turn on slow keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:42 +msgid "" +"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter " +"being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little " +"while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or " +"if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Slow Keys</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:70 +msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:71 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to " +"turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold " +"<key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:76 +msgid "" +"You can also turn slow keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> " +"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Slow Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more " +"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:83 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to " +"register." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:86 +msgid "" +"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key " +"press is rejected because you didn’t hold the key down long enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:36 +msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:40 +msgid "Turn on sticky keys" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42 +msgid "" +"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold " +"down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</" +"key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would " +"have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Super</key> " +"and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49 +msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:68 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:73 +msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:74 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to " +"turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> " +"five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:79 +msgid "" +"You can also turn sticky keys on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> " +"on the top bar and selecting <gui>Sticky Keys</gui>. The accessibility icon is visible when one or more " +"settings have been enabled from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:86 +msgid "" +"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a " +"keyboard shortcut in the normal way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:89 +msgid "" +"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Super</key> and <key>Tab</key> " +"simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. " +"It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some " +"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96 +msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:99 +msgid "" +"You can have the computer make a “beep” sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys " +"turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be " +"typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier " +"key is pressed</gui> to enable this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:31 +msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:35 +msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:37 +msgid "" +"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard " +"time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash " +"whenever the alert sound is played." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:42 +msgid "" +"This can also be useful if you’re in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a " +"library. See <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55 +msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:58 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:61 +msgid "Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can quickly turn visual alerts on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</" +"link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Visual Alerts</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/about-this-guide.page:8 +msgid "A few tips on using the desktop help guide." +msgstr "چند نکته دربارهٔ استفاده از راهنمای میزکار." + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/about-this-guide.page:10 C/backup-check.page:12 C/backup-frequency.page:16 C/backup-how.page:16 +#: C/backup-restore.page:15 C/backup-thinkabout.page:17 C/backup-what.page:12 C/backup-where.page:13 +#: C/backup-why.page:13 C/clock-calendar.page:17 C/clock-set.page:16 C/clock-timezone.page:16 +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:14 C/disk-capacity.page:8 C/disk-check.page:9 C/disk-format.page:9 +#: C/disk-partitions.page:9 C/disk-repair.page:9 C/disk-resize.page:9 C/display-brightness.page:18 +#: C/files-autorun.page:18 C/files-lost.page:14 C/files-recover.page:14 C/files-rename.page:13 +#: C/files-search.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:13 C/hardware-cardreader.page:14 C/hardware-driver.page:11 +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:15 C/look-background.page:16 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15 +#: C/look-resolution.page:18 C/music-cantplay-drm.page:9 C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:9 +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:9 C/net-antivirus.page:12 C/net-mobile.page:16 C/net-vpn-connect.page:16 +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:14 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:16 C/net-wireless-connect.page:17 +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:18 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:18 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:18 +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:14 C/power-batteryestimate.page:15 C/power-batterylife.page:20 +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14 C/power-batteryslow.page:14 C/power-batterywindows.page:18 +#: C/power-closelid.page:17 C/power-constantfan.page:14 C/power-hotcomputer.page:14 C/power-lowpower.page:13 +#: C/power-nowireless.page:18 C/power-othercountry.page:14 C/power-suspendfail.page:16 C/power-suspend.page:14 +#: C/power-whydim.page:18 C/power-willnotturnon.page:14 C/printing-streaks.page:14 +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:15 C/session-language.page:14 C/session-screenlocks.page:17 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14 C/shell-apps-open.page:14 C/shell-overview.page:14 +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:13 C/shell-windows-switching.page:16 C/shell-windows.page:12 +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:15 C/shell-workspaces.page:16 +#: C/sound-broken.page:14 C/sound-crackle.page:13 C/sound-nosound.page:14 C/user-accounts.page:14 +#: C/user-add.page:15 C/user-admin-change.page:16 C/user-admin-explain.page:15 C/user-admin-problems.page:18 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:17 C/user-changepicture.page:17 C/user-delete.page:21 +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:13 C/video-dvd.page:13 C/video-sending.page:14 +msgid "GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "پروژهٔ مستندسازی گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/about-this-guide.page:17 +msgid "About this guide" +msgstr "دربارهٔ این راهنما" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:18 +msgid "" +"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, answer your computer-related " +"questions, and provide tips on using your computer more effectively. Here are a few notes regarding the " +"help guide:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:23 +msgid "" +"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics — not chapters. This means that you don’t need to skim " +"through an entire manual to find the answer to your questions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:26 +msgid "" +"Related items are linked together. “See Also” links at the bottom of some pages will direct you to related " +"topics. This makes it easy to find similar topics that might help you perform a certain task." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:29 +msgid "" +"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant " +"results will start appearing as soon as you start typing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/about-this-guide.page:32 +msgid "" +"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive set of " +"helpful information, we know we can’t answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more " +"information to make things more helpful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-add.page:15 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:17 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:17 C/clock-timezone.page:28 +#: C/files-delete.page:23 C/files-removedrive.page:13 C/files-rename.page:21 C/files-search.page:32 +#: C/files-sort.page:17 C/files.page:23 C/more-help.page:14 C/net-findip.page:19 +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:17 C/net-macaddress.page:18 C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:13 +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:15 C/printing-2sided.page:17 C/printing-cancel-job.page:18 +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17 C/printing-envelopes.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:20 +#: C/printing-order.page:17 C/printing-paperjam.page:14 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15 +#: C/printing-setup.page:20 C/privacy.page:18 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:16 C/privacy-purge.page:16 +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:26 C/session-fingerprint.page:29 C/sharing-desktop.page:24 +msgid "Jim Campbell" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/accounts-add.page:25 C/accounts-whyadd.page:24 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27 +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:32 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:32 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:23 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:28 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:27 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30 +#: C/privacy-location.page:14 C/session-fingerprint.page:31 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:20 +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:15 +msgid "2014" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/accounts-add.page:30 C/accounts-remove.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37 +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:38 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:37 C/bluetooth-visibility.page:33 +#: C/clock-world.page:15 C/gnome-version.page:11 C/mouse-middleclick.page:28 C/mouse.page:20 +#: C/nautilus-list.page:32 C/net-wired-connect.page:20 C/net-wireless-airplane.page:22 +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:27 C/net.page:17 C/privacy-purge.page:26 C/screen-shot-record.page:29 +#: C/shell-overview.page:20 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:24 +msgid "2015" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-add.page:35 +msgid "Allow applications to access your accounts online for photos, contacts, calendars, and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-add.page:39 +msgid "Add an account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:41 +msgid "" +"Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email program, " +"chat program and other related applications will be set up for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:47 C/accounts-disable-service.page:38 C/accounts-remove.page:52 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Online " +"Accounts</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:51 C/accounts-disable-service.page:42 C/accounts-remove.page:56 +msgid "Click on <gui>Online Accounts</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:54 +msgid "Select an account from the list on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:57 +msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:60 +msgid "" +"A small website window or dialog will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For " +"example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password. Some providers " +"allow you to create a new account from the login dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:66 +msgid "" +"If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your online " +"account. Authorize access to continue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:71 +msgid "" +"All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link xref=\"accounts-" +"disable-service\">Switch</link> individual services to off to disable them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:77 +msgid "" +"After you have added accounts, applications can use those accounts for the services you have chosen to " +"allow. See <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\"/> for information on controlling which services to allow." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-add.page:82 +msgid "" +"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you " +"remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. See <link xref=\"accounts-" +"remove\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:19 +msgid "" +"Some online accounts can be used to access multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control " +"which of these services can be used by applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:24 +msgid "Control which online services an account can be used to access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:26 +msgid "" +"Some types of online account providers allow you to access several services with the same user account. For " +"example, Google accounts provide access to calendar, email, contacts and chat. You may want to use your " +"account for some services, but not others. For example, you may want to use your Google account for email " +"but not chat if you have a different online account that you use for chat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:33 +msgid "You can disable some of the services that are provided by each online account:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45 +msgid "Select the account which you want to change from the list on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:49 +msgid "" +"A list of services that are available with this account will be shown under <gui>Use for</gui>. See <link " +"xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> to see which applications access which services." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:54 +msgid "Switch off any of the services that you do not want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:58 +msgid "" +"Once a service has been disabled for an account, applications on your computer will not be able to use the " +"account to connect to that service any more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:62 +msgid "" +"To turn on a service that you disabled, just go back to the <gui>Online Accounts</gui> panel and switch it " +"on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:13 C/accounts-which-application.page:14 C/help-irc.page:12 +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:17 C/net-proxy.page:23 +msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:23 +msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:26 +msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:28 +msgid "" +"Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Only the account types that " +"are listed are currently supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you are interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link href=" +"\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-remove.page:30 +msgid "Remove access to an online service provider from your applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-remove.page:34 +msgid "Remove an account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:36 +msgid "You can remove an online account which you no longer wish to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:39 +msgid "" +"Many online services provide an authorization token which GNOME stores instead of your password. If you " +"remove an account, you should also revoke that certificate in the online service. This will ensure that no " +"other application or website can connect to that service using the authorization for GNOME." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:45 +msgid "" +"How to revoke the authorization depends on the service provider. Check your settings on the provider’s " +"website for authorized or connected apps or sites. Look for an app called “GNOME” and remove it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:59 +msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:62 +msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> button in the lower-left corner of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:66 +msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/accounts-remove.page:71 +msgid "" +"Instead of deleting the account completely, it is possible to <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service" +"\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:16 +msgid "2012, 2013" +msgstr "۲۰۱۲، ۲۰۱۳" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38 C/look-background.page:32 +#: C/session-language.page:22 C/shell-exit.page:23 C/shell-introduction.page:31 +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:19 C/shell-workspaces.page:20 +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:27 +msgid "Andre Klapper" +msgstr "آندره کلپر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:29 +msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they exploit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:34 +msgid "Online services and applications" +msgstr "برنامهها و خدمتهای برخط" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:41 +msgid "" +"Once you have added an online account, any application can use that account for any of the available " +"services that you have not <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">disabled</link>. Different providers " +"provide different services. This page lists the different services and some of the applications that are " +"known to use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:49 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "تقویم" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:50 +msgid "" +"The Calendar service allows you to view, add, and edit events in an online calendar. It is used by " +"applications like <app>Calendar</app>, <app>Evolution</app>, and <app>California</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:56 +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "گپ" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:57 +msgid "" +"The Chat service allows you to chat with your contacts on popular instant messaging platforms. It is used " +"by the <app>Empathy</app> application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:63 C/contacts.page:24 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "آشنایان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:64 +msgid "" +"The Contacts service allows you to see the published details of your contacts on various services. It is " +"used by applications like <app>Contacts</app> and <app>Evolution</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:70 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "سندها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:71 +msgid "" +"The Documents service allows you to view your online documents such as those in Google docs. You can view " +"your documents using the <app>Documents</app> application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:77 C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43 +msgid "Files" +msgstr "پروندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:78 +msgid "" +"The Files service adds a remote file location, as if you had added one using the <link xref=\"nautilus-" +"connect\">Connect to Server</link> functionality in the file manager. You can access remote files using the " +"file manager, as well as through file open and save dialogs in any application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:86 +msgid "Mail" +msgstr "نامه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:87 +msgid "" +"The Mail service allows you to send and receive email through an email provider like Google. It is used by " +"<app>Evolution</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:98 +msgid "Photos" +msgstr "عکسها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:99 +msgid "" +"The Photos service allows you to view your online photos such as those you post on Facebook. You can view " +"your photos using the <app>Photos</app> application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:105 +msgid "Printers" +msgstr "چاپگرها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:106 +msgid "" +"The Printers service allows you to send a PDF copy to a provider from within the print dialog of any " +"application. The provider might provide print services, or it might just serve as storage for the PDF, " +"which you can download and print later." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:113 +msgid "Read Later" +msgstr "بعداً بخوانید" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114 +msgid "" +"The Read Later service allows you to save a web page to external services so that you can read it later on " +"another device. No applications currently use this service." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:13 +msgid "Susanna Huhtanen" +msgstr "سوزانا هوتانن" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:29 +msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32 +msgid "Why add an account?" +msgstr "چرا افزودن یک حساب؟" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:34 +msgid "" +"Adding your online accounts brings your choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your " +"desktop and makes the information of the services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding " +"accounts you can easily keep in touch using services from different accounts, like chats, at the same time. " +"Just set up your online accounts once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services " +"that you have added are ready to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:42 +msgid "" +"See <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\"/> for information on which applications can access which " +"online services." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/accounts.page:19 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add an online account</link>, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">Remove an account</" +"link>, <link xref=\"accounts-which-application\">Learn about services</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/accounts.page:26 +msgid "Online accounts" +msgstr "حسابهای برخط" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/accounts.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can enter your login details for some online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the " +"<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This lets you use applications to access online services like email, " +"calendars, chat, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/backup-check.page:16 C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41 C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:26 +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:35 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36 C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35 +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:31 C/files-autorun.page:30 C/files-browse.page:31 C/files-delete.page:31 +#: C/files-hidden.page:22 C/files-lost.page:26 C/files-preview.page:20 C/files-recover.page:18 +#: C/files-rename.page:29 C/files-search.page:28 C/files-templates.page:21 C/files-tilde.page:22 +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:32 C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20 C/nautilus-connect.page:23 +#: C/nautilus-display.page:21 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:20 C/nautilus-list.page:30 +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:21 C/nautilus-views.page:29 C/net-mobile.page:24 C/screen-shot-record.page:27 +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:23 +msgid "David King" +msgstr "دیوید کینگ" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-check.page:22 +msgid "Verify your backup was successful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-check.page:25 +msgid "Check your backup" +msgstr "ببرسی پشتیبانتان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:27 +msgid "" +"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn’t work " +"properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you use <app>Files</app> to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data " +"transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to " +"perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-check.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By " +"checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can " +"have extra confidence that the process was successful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/backup-check.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated " +"backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just " +"copying and pasting files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/backup-frequency.page:12 C/backup-how.page:12 C/backup-restore.page:11 C/backup-thinkabout.page:13 +#: C/backup-what.page:16 C/backup-where.page:17 C/contacts-edit-details.page:15 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:15 +#: C/contacts-search.page:14 C/display-dual-monitors.page:15 C/files-browse.page:15 C/files-copy.page:18 +#: C/get-involved.page:12 C/help-mailing-list.page:13 C/more-help.page:9 C/mouse-middleclick.page:14 +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:21 C/mouse-wakeup.page:12 C/mouse.page:14 C/nautilus-behavior.page:16 +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:12 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:12 +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:20 C/nautilus-views.page:13 C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:13 +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:13 C/printing-booklet.page:13 C/screen-shot-record.page:13 +#: C/translate.page:11 C/user-delete.page:17 C/user-goodpassword.page:21 +msgid "Tiffany Antopolski" +msgstr "تیفانی آنتوپولسکی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-frequency.page:22 +msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they are safe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-frequency.page:26 +msgid "Frequency of backups" +msgstr "بسامد پشتیبانها" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:28 +msgid "" +"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running " +"a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be " +"enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:32 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be " +"unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:37 +msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:38 +msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:41 +msgid "" +"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and " +"family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle " +"of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-frequency.page:46 +msgid "" +"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are " +"willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too " +"long for you, you should back up at least once per week." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-how.page:26 +msgid "" +"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to " +"protect against loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-how.page:30 +msgid "How to back up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:32 +msgid "" +"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup " +"process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:36 +msgid "" +"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, " +"as well as how to restore your data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:39 +msgid "" +"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an " +"external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout" +"\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-how.page:44 +msgid "" +"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on " +"your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:49 +msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:51 +msgid "" +"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you do not have to back up the " +"files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the " +"original source files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-how.page:55 +msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-restore.page:7 +msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup." +msgstr "پروندههایتان را از یک پشتیبان برگردانید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-restore.page:22 +msgid "Restore a backup" +msgstr "بازگردانی یک پشتیبان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the " +"backup:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:28 +msgid "" +"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard drive, USB drive or another computer " +"on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-restore.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that " +"you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: " +"it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:27 +msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31 +msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:33 +msgid "" +"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult step when attempting to perform a " +"backup. Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to " +"back up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:39 +msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need +#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your +#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40 +msgid "" +"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders " +"such as <file>Desktop</file>, <file>Documents</file>, <file>Pictures</file>, <file>Music</file> and " +"<file>Videos</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:44 +msgid "" +"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it is an external hard disk, for example), consider backing " +"up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the " +"<app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51 +msgid "Hidden files" +msgstr "پروندههای نهفته" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:54 +msgid "View options" +msgstr "گزینههای نما" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:52 +msgid "" +"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click the " +"<gui><_:media-1/></gui> button in the toolbar, and then choose <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61 +msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:62 +msgid "" +"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information " +"on hidden files)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:64 +msgid "" +"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file> and <file>." +"local</file> in your Home folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69 +msgid "System-wide settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات گسترهٔ سامانه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:70 +msgid "" +"Settings for important parts of the system are not stored in your Home folder. There are a number of " +"locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you " +"will not need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should " +"back up the files for the services that it is running." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-what.page:26 +msgid "Back up anything that you cannot bear to lose if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-what.page:30 +msgid "What to back up" +msgstr "پشتیبان گیری از چه" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-what.page:32 +msgid "" +"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as " +"well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:39 +msgid "Your personal files" +msgstr "پروندههای شخصیتان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:40 +msgid "" +"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or " +"any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:46 +msgid "Your personal settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات شخصیتان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:47 +msgid "" +"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on " +"your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your " +"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:55 +msgid "System settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات سامانه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:56 +msgid "" +"Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your " +"system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up " +"these settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/backup-what.page:63 +msgid "Installed software" +msgstr "نرمافزارهای نصبشده" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-what.page:64 +msgid "" +"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by " +"reinstalling it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-what.page:69 +msgid "" +"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time " +"investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want " +"to use up disk space by having backups of them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/backup-where.page:7 +msgctxt "sort" +msgid "c" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-where.page:23 +msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-where.page:27 +msgid "Where to store your backup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:29 +msgid "" +"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer — on an external hard " +"disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, " +"you shouldn’t keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both " +"copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:35 +msgid "" +"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You need to store your backups on a " +"device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/backup-where.page:40 +msgid "Local and remote storage options" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:42 +msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:45 +msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:48 +msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:51 +msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:54 +msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:57 +msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/backup-where.page:60 +msgid "" +"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link>, for example; capacity " +"depends on price)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-where.page:66 +msgid "" +"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, also " +"known as a <em>complete system backup</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/backup-why.page:7 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "پشتیبانها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/backup-why.page:19 +msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/backup-why.page:22 +msgid "Back up your important files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-why.page:24 +msgid "" +"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the " +"original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original " +"data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For " +"example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/backup-why.page:31 +msgid "" +"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) " +"encrypted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth.page:22 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</" +"link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:29 +msgid "Bluetooth" +msgstr "بلوتوث" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth.page:31 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your " +"computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also " +"use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your " +"computer to your cell phone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:53 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Bluetooth problems" +msgstr "مشکلات بلوتوث" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/bluetooth.page:56 C/color.page:33 C/power.page:53 +msgid "Problems" +msgstr "مشکلات" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:21 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:23 +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14 C/net-firewall-ports.page:13 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19 +#: C/printing-setup.page:24 C/session-fingerprint.page:19 +msgid "Paul W. Frields" +msgstr "پاول و. فریلدز" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:47 +msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "افزارههای بلوتوث را جفت کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50 +msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device" +msgstr "وصل کردن رایانهتان به یک افزارهٔ بلوتوثی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52 +msgid "" +"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to " +"the device. This is also called <em>pairing</em> the Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:54 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:59 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:60 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:41 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Bluetooth</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62 C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:58 C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63 +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:64 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:45 +msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65 +msgid "" +"Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch at the top should be set to on. With the panel open and the " +"switch on, your computer will begin searching for devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70 +msgid "" +"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and " +"place it within 5-10 meters (about 16-33 feet) of your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:75 +msgid "Click the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The panel for the device will open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:79 +msgid "" +"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your " +"computer screen. Confirm the PIN on the device (you may need to click <gui>Pair</gui> or <gui>Confirm</" +"gui>), then click <gui>Confirm</gui> on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:83 +msgid "" +"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be " +"completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88 +msgid "The entry for the device in the <gui>Devices</gui> list will show a <gui>Connected</gui> status." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:92 +msgid "" +"To edit the device, click on it in the <gui>Device</gui> list. You will see a panel specific to the device. " +"It may display additional options applicable to the type of device to which you are connecting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:97 +msgid "Close the panel once you have changed the settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:103 +msgid "The Bluetooth icon on the top bar" +msgstr "نقشک بلوتوث روی نوار بالایی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:105 +msgid "" +"When one or more Bluetooth devices are connected, the Bluetooth icon appears in the system status area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:10 +msgid "Bastien Nocera" +msgstr "بستین نوکرا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:16 +msgid "How to pair specific devices with your computer." +msgstr "چگونه دستگاهی خاص را با رایانهتان جفت کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:19 +msgid "Pairing instructions for specific devices" +msgstr "دستورالعملهای جفتکردن برای افزارههای خاص" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:21 +msgid "" +"Even if you manage to source the manual for a device, it might not contain enough information to make " +"pairing possible. Here are details for a few common devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:27 +msgid "PlayStation 3 joypads" +msgstr "دستههای پلیاستیشن ۳" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:28 +msgid "" +"Those devices use “cable-pairing”. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> " +"opened, and Bluetooth turned on. After pressing the “PS” button, you will get asked whether to set those " +"joypads up. Unplug them and press the “PS” button to use them over Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:34 +msgid "PlayStation 4 joypads" +msgstr "دستههای پلیاستیشن ۴" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:35 +msgid "" +"Those devices use “cable-pairing” as well. Plug the joypads in via USB with the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</" +"gui> opened, and Bluetooth turned on. You will get asked whether to set those joypads up without needing to " +"press the PS button. Unplug them and press the PS button to use them over Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:39 +msgid "" +"Using the “PS” and “Share” button combination to pair the joypad can also be used to make the joypad " +"visible and pair it like any other Bluetooth device, if you don’t have a USB cable at hand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:44 +msgid "PlayStation 3 BD Remote Control" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:45 +msgid "" +"Hold the “Start” and “Enter” buttons at the same time for around 5 seconds. You can then select the remote " +"in the devices list as usual." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:49 +msgid "Nintendo Wii and Wii U Remotes" +msgstr "کنترلهای وی و وییوی نینتندو" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-device-specific-pairing.page:50 +msgid "" +"Use the red “Sync” button inside the battery compartment to start the pairing process. Other button " +"combinations will not keep pairing information, so you would need to do it all over again in short order. " +"Also note that some software wants direct access to the remotes, and, in those cases, you should not set " +"them up in the Bluetooth panel. Refer to the application’s manual for instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:32 +msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36 +msgid "I cannot connect my Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:38 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or " +"headset." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43 +msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44 +msgid "" +"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow " +"connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:49 +msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:50 +msgid "" +"Your Bluetooth adapter or dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link " +"xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter are not installed. Some Bluetooth adapters are not " +"supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will " +"probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58 +msgid "Adapter is not switched on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:59 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it is not " +"<link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64 +msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65 +msgid "" +"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you are trying to connect to, and that it is <link xref=" +"\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>. For example, if you are trying to connect to a " +"phone, make sure that it is not in airplane mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:71 +msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:72 +msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:42 +msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45 +msgid "Disconnect a Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:47 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is " +"useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer " +"files to or from a device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:61 +msgid "Select the device which you want to disconnect from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:64 +msgid "" +"In the device dialog box, switch the <gui>Connection</gui> switch to off, or to remove the device from the " +"<gui>Devices</gui> list, click <gui>Remove Device</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:70 +msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43 +msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46 +msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some " +"types of devices do not allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using " +"the Bluetooth settings window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:54 +msgid "<gui>Send Files</gui> does not work on unsupported devices such as iPhones." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66 +msgid "Make sure Bluetooth is enabled: the switch in the titlebar should be set to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the files. If the desired device is not " +"shown as <gui>Connected</gui> in the list, you need to <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</" +"link> to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:74 +msgid "A panel specific to the external device appears." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:77 +msgid "Click <gui>Send Files…</gui> and the file chooser will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80 +msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81 +msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85 +msgid "" +"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. The <gui>Bluetooth File " +"Transfer</gui> dialog will show the progress bar. Click <gui>Close</gui> when the transfer is complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:42 +msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:45 +msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off" +msgstr "روشن یا خاموش کردن بلوتوث" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:55 +msgid "" +"You can turn Bluetooth on to connect to other Bluetooth devices, or turn it off to conserve power. To turn " +"Bluetooth on:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:67 +msgid "Set the switch at the top to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:71 +msgid "" +"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. Look for a " +"switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the " +"<key>Fn</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:76 +msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:" +msgstr "برای خاموش کردن بلوتوث:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:79 C/net-mobile.page:49 C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52 +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:37 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:40 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:83 +msgid "Select <gui><_:media-1/> Not In Use</gui>. The Bluetooth section of the menu will expand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:88 +msgid "Select <gui>Turn Off</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:92 +msgid "" +"Your computer is <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible</link> as long as the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> " +"panel is open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:38 +msgid "Whether other devices can discover your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:41 +msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:43 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth visibility refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for " +"Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth is turned on and the <gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open, your computer " +"will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:50 C/sharing-bluetooth.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname\">change</link> the name your computer displays to other devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:54 +msgid "" +"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer " +"nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:59 +msgid "" +"Devices without a display usually have a pairing mode that can be entered by pressing a button, or a " +"combination of buttons for a while, whether when they’ve already been turned on, or as they are being " +"turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:63 +msgid "" +"The best way to find out how to enter that mode is to refer to the device’s manual. For some devices, the " +"procedure might be <link xref=\"bluetooth-device-specific-pairing\">slightly different from usual</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-calendar.page:31 +msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar area at the top of the screen." +msgstr "نمایش قرار ملاقاتهایتان در ناحیهٔ تقویم در بالای صفحه." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-calendar.page:35 +msgid "Calendar appointments" +msgstr "قرار ملاقاتهای تقویم" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:38 +msgid "" +"This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to have an online account set up " +"which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:40 +msgid "" +"Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to " +"install it using your distribution’s package manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:45 +msgid "To view your appointments:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:48 +msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:51 +msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:55 +msgid "A dot is shown under each date that has an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:58 +msgid "" +"Existing appointments will be displayed to the left of the calendar. As appointments are added to your " +"<app>Evolution</app> calendar, they will appear in the clock’s appointment list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/clock-calendar.page:66 C/shell-introduction.page:159 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts.png' md5='2434909d907e14933274ba7071e11611'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/clock-calendar.page:67 C/clock-calendar.page:72 C/shell-introduction.page:165 +msgid "Clock, calendar, and appointments" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/clock-calendar.page:71 C/shell-introduction.page:164 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='0fa78df255677505ce2cdd5b06e81bbb'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-set.page:26 +msgid "Use the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the date or time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-set.page:30 +msgid "Change the date and time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-set.page:32 +msgid "" +"If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:44 C/clock-timezone.page:49 +msgid "Click <gui>Details</gui> in the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:47 C/clock-timezone.page:52 +msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:50 +msgid "" +"If you have the <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> switch set to on, your date and time should update " +"automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your date and time manually, set this to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:55 +msgid "Click <gui>Date & Time</gui>, then adjust the time and date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-set.page:58 +msgid "" +"You can change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> for <gui>Time " +"Format</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-set.page:63 +msgid "You may also wish to <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">set the timezone manually</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-timezone.page:35 +msgid "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct." +msgstr "بهروز رسانی منطقهٔ زمانیتان به موقعیتتان تا زمانتان درست باشد." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-timezone.page:38 +msgid "Change your timezone" +msgstr "تغییر منطقهٔ زمانیتان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you have the <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> switch set to on, your time zone should update automatically " +"if you have an internet connection and the <link xref=\"privacy-location\">location services feature</link> " +"is enabled. To update your time zone manually, set this to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:62 +msgid "Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search for your current city." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-timezone.page:67 +msgid "" +"The time will be updated automatically when you select a different location. You may also wish to <link " +"xref=\"clock-set\">set the clock manually</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock-world.page:20 +msgid "Display times in other cities under the calendar." +msgstr "نمایش زمان دیگر شهرهای جهان در زیر تقویم." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock-world.page:23 +msgid "Add a world clock" +msgstr "افزودن یک ساعت جهانی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-world.page:25 +msgid "Use <app>Clocks</app> to add times in other cities." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-world.page:28 +msgid "This requires the <app>Clocks</app> application to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-world.page:29 +msgid "" +"Most distributions come with <app>Clocks</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to " +"install it using your distribution’s package manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-world.page:34 +msgid "To add a world clock:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:38 +msgid "Click the clock on the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:41 +msgid "Click the <gui>Add world clock</gui> link under the calendar to launch <app>Clocks</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/clock-world.page:45 +msgid "If you already have one or more world clocks, click on one and <app>Clocks</app> will launch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:51 +msgid "" +"In the <app>Clocks</app> window, click <gui style=\"button\">New</gui> button or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>N</key></keyseq> to add a new city." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:56 +msgid "Start typing the name of the city into the search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:59 +msgid "Select the correct city or the closest location to you from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/clock-world.page:63 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to finish adding the city." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/clock-world.page:67 +msgid "" +"Refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-clocks\">Clocks Help</link> for more of the capabilities of " +"<app>Clocks</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/clock.page:19 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set date and time</link>, <link xref=\"clock-world\">world clocks</link>, <link " +"xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/clock.page:27 +msgid "Date & time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/color.page:9 C/color-assignprofiles.page:16 C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14 +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:17 +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:12 C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12 +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:12 C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11 C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13 +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:16 C/color-missingvcgt.page:11 C/color-notifications.page:14 +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:11 C/color-testing.page:15 C/color-whatisprofile.page:10 +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12 C/color-why-calibrate.page:11 C/color-whyimportant.page:11 +msgid "Richard Hughes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color.page:14 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color " +"profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color.page:22 +msgid "Color management" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/color.page:25 +msgid "Color profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/color.page:29 +msgid "Calibration" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30 +msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color profile for your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:33 +msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35 +msgid "" +"You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colors which it shows are " +"more accurate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:47 C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:65 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:60 +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:53 C/color-testing.page:74 +msgid "Click <gui>Color</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:50 +msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:53 C/color-howtoimport.page:59 +msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:63 C/color-testing.page:85 +msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:60 +msgid "" +"To change the used profile, select the profile you would like to use and press <gui>Enable</gui> to confirm " +"your selection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:65 +msgid "" +"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> " +"profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen " +"automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper " +"and another plain paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:71 +msgid "If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11 +msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20 +msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22 +msgid "" +"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By " +"converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control " +"panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28 +msgid "" +"You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders " +"are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36 +msgid "" +"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. " +"This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and " +"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10 +msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19 +msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21 +msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26 +msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27 +msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30 +msgid "" +"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or " +"two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send " +"them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you " +"back an accurate ICC profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38 +msgid "" +"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number " +"of ink sets or paper types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44 +msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32 +msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:35 +msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:42 +msgid "If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:47 +msgid "Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:51 +msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:62 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:57 C/color-howtoimport.page:50 +#: C/color-testing.page:71 C/keyboard-key-super.page:55 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:74 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:54 C/wacom-stylus.page:43 +msgid "Click <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:68 +msgid "Select your scanner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:71 C/color-calibrate-screen.page:66 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:77 +msgid "" +"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be recalibrated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31 +msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:35 +msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can calibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate color. This is especially useful if you are " +"involved in digital photography, design or artwork." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41 +msgid "" +"You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to profile " +"screens, but they work in slightly different ways." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:47 +msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:63 +msgid "Select your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:71 +msgid "" +"Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately every 18 " +"months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] " +"icon appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:76 +msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9 +msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:18 +msgid "What’s the difference between calibration and characterization?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19 +msgid "" +"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. " +"Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two " +"mechanisms:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:26 +msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27 +msgid "Applying curves to its color channels" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:29 +msgid "" +"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this " +"is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in " +"device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:36 +msgid "" +"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. " +"Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in " +"any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify " +"color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a " +"way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:47 +msgid "" +"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it’s in the same state of " +"calibration as it was when it was characterized." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:53 +msgid "" +"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration " +"information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the " +"<em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications " +"are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will " +"not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9 +msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19 +msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21 +msgid "" +"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display " +"measuring instruments are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30 +msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31 +msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34 +msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35 +msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36 +msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37 +msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38 +msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42 +msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45 +msgid "" +"Thanks to Argyll there’s also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help " +"you calibrating and characterizing your printers:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52 +msgid "X-Rite DTP20 “Pulse” (“swipe” type reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53 +msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54 +msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55 +msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56 +msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9 +msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:18 +msgid "Which target types are supported?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:20 +msgid "The following types of targets are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:25 +msgid "CMP DigitalTarget" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26 +msgid "ColorChecker 24" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27 +msgid "ColorChecker DC" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28 +msgid "ColorChecker SG" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29 +msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30 +msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31 +msgid "QPcard 201" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32 +msgid "IT8.7/2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:40 +msgid "" +"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at " +"a very fair price." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8 +msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17 +msgid "Can I share my color profile?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19 +msgid "" +"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you " +"calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different " +"color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26 +msgid "" +"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to " +"calibration, but it’s misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31 +msgid "" +"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, " +"daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you " +"created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn’t make a lot of sense." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40 +msgid "" +"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or " +"that were created on your behalf." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10 +msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19 +msgid "Where do I get color profiles?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21 +msgid "" +"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25 +msgid "" +"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in " +"<em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31 +msgid "" +"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A " +"good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you " +"bought the device then it’s likely dummy data generated that is useless." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39 +msgid "" +"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse " +"than useless." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:30 +msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:33 +msgid "How do I import color profiles?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or <file>.ICM</file> file in the " +"file browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:38 +msgid "Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:56 +msgid "Select your device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-howtoimport.page:67 +msgid "" +"The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually made for " +"the average display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you should " +"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a colorimeter or a " +"spectrophotometer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8 +msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17 +msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen " +"color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but " +"you will not see all the colors of your screen change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24 +msgid "" +"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will " +"need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-notifications.page:24 +msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-notifications.page:27 +msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:29 +msgid "" +"You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is not " +"possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate " +"devices regularly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:34 +msgid "" +"Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile " +"can make a huge difference to an end product." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:38 +msgid "" +"If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be " +"shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every " +"time you log into your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notifications.page:43 +msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/screen +#: C/color-notifications.page:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n" +"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:9 +msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:17 +msgid "Why don’t the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:18 +msgid "" +"The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display <link href=" +"\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data\"> EDID</link> which is stored in a " +"memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was " +"capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color " +"correction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:29 +msgid "" +"Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color " +"correction." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-testing.page:29 +msgid "Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-testing.page:33 +msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:35 +msgid "" +"The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:38 +msgid "" +"GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/color-testing.page:43 +msgid "Blue" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:44 +msgid "This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:77 +msgid "" +"Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile is " +"currently being used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:81 +msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/color-testing.page:88 +msgid "" +"To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</gui> panel, then select the " +"profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-testing.page:96 +msgid "Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7 +msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16 +msgid "What is a color profile?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18 +msgid "" +"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space " +"such as sRGB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22 +msgid "" +"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or " +"<input>.ICM</input> file extension." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27 +msgid "" +"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users " +"see the same colors on different devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32 +msgid "" +"Every device that is processing color should have its own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system " +"is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure " +"that colors are not being lost or modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:9 +msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18 +msgid "What is a color space?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20 +msgid "" +"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25 +msgid "" +"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE " +"1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in " +"human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space " +"like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a " +"<em>triangle</em> of colors." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37 +msgid "" +"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, " +"and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can " +"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, use the <code>gcm-viewer</code> application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48 +msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:52 +msgid "" +"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an " +"approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than " +"this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications " +"(including the Internet)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:60 +msgid "" +"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means " +"you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being " +"clipped or the blacks crushed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:66 +msgid "" +"ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly " +"the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:73 +msgid "" +"Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don’t we use it for everything? The answer is to do with " +"<em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is " +"going to have bigger steps between each value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:79 +msgid "" +"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this " +"is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors " +"will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:86 +msgid "" +"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, " +"but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-" +"pixel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whatisspace.page:92 +msgid "" +"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a " +"well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:8 +msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17 +msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19 +msgid "" +"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from " +"the production line and average them together:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26 +msgid "Averaged profiles" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29 +msgid "" +"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is " +"also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the " +"characterization state and make the profile inaccurate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37 +msgid "" +"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by " +"letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:8 +msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17 +msgid "Why is color management important?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18 +msgid "" +"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and " +"printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24 +msgid "" +"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in " +"winter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30 +msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34 +msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40 +msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44 +msgid "Notice how the white is not “paper white” and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: figure/desc +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50 +msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54 +msgid "" +"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So " +"while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to " +"reproduce it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60 +msgid "" +"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, " +"and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can’t have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can " +"only be as good as the paper color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67 +msgid "" +"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don’t know if 100% " +"red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably " +"something like 62% on another display. It’s like telling a person that you’ve just driven 7 units of " +"distance, without the unit you don’t know if that’s 7 kilometers or 7 meters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77 +msgid "" +"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. " +"A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a " +"sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look “washed out”." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85 +msgid "" +"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other " +"cases where that’s not possible (you can’t print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is " +"going to look like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92 +msgid "" +"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth " +"changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if " +"you’re trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:14 +msgid "Lucie Hankey" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:28 +msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:32 +msgid "Add or remove a contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:34 +msgid "To add a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:38 +msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:41 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>New contact</gui> dialog, enter the contact name and their information. Click on the drop down " +"box next to each field to chose the type of detail." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:46 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:50 +msgid "To remove a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:54 C/contacts-connect.page:36 C/contacts-edit-details.page:39 +msgid "Select the contact from your contact list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:57 C/contacts-edit-details.page:42 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:69 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of <app>Contacts</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:61 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts.page:20 +msgid "Access your contacts." +msgstr "دسترسی به آشنایانتان." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts.page:26 +msgid "" +"Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your <link " +"xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/contacts-connect.page:22 +msgid "2013-2014" +msgstr "۲۰۱۳-۲۰۱۴" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-connect.page:27 +msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-connect.page:30 +msgid "Connect with your contact" +msgstr "وصل شدن به آشنایتان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:32 +msgid "To email, chat with or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:39 +msgid "" +"Press on the <em>detail</em> that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:43 +msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact’s details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/contacts-connect.page:49 +msgid "" +"If there is no available application for the detail that you wish to use, you will not be able to select it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:29 +msgid "Edit the information for each contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:32 +msgid "Edit contact details" +msgstr "ویرایش جزییات آشنا" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:34 +msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46 +msgid "Edit the contact details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:47 +msgid "" +"To add a <em>detail</em> such as a new phone number or email address, press <gui style=\"button\">New " +"Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:52 C/contacts-link-unlink.page:83 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:29 +msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:32 +msgid "Link and unlink contacts" +msgstr "پیوند و جدا کردن آشنایان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35 +msgid "Link contacts" +msgstr "پیوند آشنایان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one <app>Contacts</" +"app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in " +"one place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:43 +msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:47 +msgid "" +"A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to " +"merge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:51 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59 +msgid "Unlink contacts" +msgstr "جدا کردن آشنایان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:61 +msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:66 +msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:73 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Accounts</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:76 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlink</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:80 +msgid "Close the window once you have finished unlinking the entries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-search.page:28 +msgid "Search for a contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-search.page:31 +msgid "Search for a contact" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:33 +msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:37 +msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:41 +msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:45 +msgid "" +"Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to " +"select if they are not at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:51 +msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:55 +msgid "Click inside the search field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/contacts-search.page:58 +msgid "Start typing the name of the contact." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/contacts-setup.page:22 +msgid "Paul Cutler" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/contacts-setup.page:24 +msgid "2017" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/contacts-setup.page:29 +msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/contacts-setup.page:32 +msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:34 +msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Select Address Book</gui> window opens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with <gui>Local " +"Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui>. All new " +"contacts you create will be saved to the address book you choose. You are also able to view and edit " +"contacts in other address books." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/contacts-setup.page:43 +msgid "" +"If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the " +"setup. If you do not wish to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address " +"Book</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:18 C/disk-capacity.page:12 C/disk-check.page:13 C/display-brightness.page:22 +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:19 C/look-background.page:24 +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19 C/look-resolution.page:22 +msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:28 +msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31 +msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40 +msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:44 +msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48 +msgid "Choose the disk from the list in the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51 +msgid "Click the menu button and select <gui>Benchmark disk…</gui> from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Start Benchmark…</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> " +"parameters as desired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link xref=\"user-" +"admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the password for " +"the requested administrator account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:64 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from " +"and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:71 +msgid "" +"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines " +"indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the " +"bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read " +"rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, " +"plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-benchmark.page:80 +msgid "" +"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access " +"time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-capacity.page:23 +msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:28 +msgid "Check how much disk space is left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:30 +msgid "" +"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:34 +msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:36 +msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:41 +msgid "" +"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display a list " +"of file locations together with the usage and capacity of each." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:46 +msgid "" +"Click one of the items in the list to view a detailed summary of the usage for that item. Click the menu " +"button, and then <gui>Scan Folder…</gui> or <gui>Scan Remote Folder…</gui> to scan a different location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:52 +msgid "" +"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Size</gui>, <gui>Contents</gui> and when " +"the data was last <gui>Modified</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage " +"Analyzer</app></link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:61 +msgid "Check with System Monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:63 +msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:67 +msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:71 +msgid "" +"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system’s partitions and disk space usage. The " +"information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and " +"<gui>Used</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-capacity.page:80 +msgid "What if the disk is too full?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:82 +msgid "If the disk is too full you should:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:86 +msgid "Delete files that aren’t important or that you won’t use anymore." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-capacity.page:89 +msgid "" +"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won’t need for a while and " +"delete them from the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-check.page:24 +msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it’s healthy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-check.page:28 +msgid "Check your hard disk for problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-check.page:31 +msgid "Checking the hard disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:32 +msgid "" +"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and " +"Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if " +"the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:37 +msgid "" +"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk’s health by running the <app>Disks</app> " +"application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-check.page:41 +msgid "Check your disk’s health using the Disks application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:44 C/disk-format.page:31 C/disk-repair.page:33 C/disk-repair.page:76 +#: C/disk-resize.page:34 +msgid "Open <app>Disks</app> from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:47 +msgid "" +"Select the disk you want to check from the list of storage devices on the left. Information and status of " +"the disk will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click the menu button and select <gui>SMART Data & Self-Tests…</gui>. The <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> " +"should say “Disk is OK”." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-check.page:55 +msgid "" +"See more information under <gui>SMART Attributes</gui>, or click the <gui style=\"button\">Start Self-test</" +"gui> button to run a self-test." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-check.page:65 +msgid "What if the disk isn’t healthy?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:67 +msgid "" +"Even if the <gui>Overall Assessment</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn’t</em> healthy, there may be no " +"cause for alarm. However, it’s better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to " +"prevent data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"If the status says “Pre-fail”, the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected " +"which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are " +"likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how" +"\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets " +"worse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-check.page:79 +msgid "" +"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or " +"repair." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-format.page:16 +msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-format.page:21 +msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-format.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to " +"completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk — this " +"deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-format.page:29 +msgid "Format a removable disk" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:34 +msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the list of storage devices on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-format.page:38 +msgid "" +"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the " +"other disk will be deleted!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:43 +msgid "" +"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Format…</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:47 +msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a file system <gui>Type</gui> for the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:49 +msgid "" +"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. " +"If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file " +"system type</gui> will be presented as a label." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:55 +msgid "" +"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format…</gui> to continue and show a confirmation window. Check the " +"details carefully, and click <gui>Format</gui> to wipe the disk." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-format.page:60 +msgid "" +"Once the formatting has finished, click the eject icon to safely remove the disk. It should now be blank " +"and ready to use again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/disk-format.page:66 +msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-format.page:67 +msgid "" +"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not " +"appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If " +"you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</" +"app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-partitions.page:15 +msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-partitions.page:20 +msgid "Manage volumes and partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:22 +msgid "" +"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a " +"<em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer " +"makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted " +"volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently " +"mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:30 +msgid "" +"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A " +"“partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been " +"mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes " +"as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/disk-partitions.page:38 +msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:40 +msgid "You can check and modify your computer’s storage volumes with the disk utility." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:45 +msgid "Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and start <app>Disks</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:48 +msgid "" +"In the list of storage devices on the left, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical " +"devices. Click the device you want to inspect." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:53 +msgid "" +"The right pane provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It " +"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:56 +msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:61 +msgid "" +"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. " +"The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The " +"primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files " +"can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/disk-partitions.page:68 +msgid "" +"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For " +"this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, " +"select the partition and click the menu button in the toolbar underneath the partition list. Then, click " +"<gui>Edit Partition…</gui> and look at its <gui>Flags</gui>. External media such as USB drives and CDs may " +"also contain a bootable volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-repair.page:15 +msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged and bring it back into a usable state." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-repair.page:20 +msgid "Repair a damaged filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:22 +msgid "" +"Filesystems can be corrupted due to unexpected power loss, system crashes and unsafe removal of the drive. " +"After such an incident it is recommended to <em>repair</em> or at least <em>check</em> the filesystem to " +"prevent future data loss." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:26 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a repair is required in order to mount or modify a filesystem. Even if a <em>check</em> does not " +"report any damage the filesystem might still be marked as ‘dirty’ internally and require a repair." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-repair.page:31 +msgid "Check if a filesystem is damaged" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:36 C/disk-repair.page:79 C/disk-resize.page:37 +msgid "" +"Select the disk containing the filesystem in question from the list of storage devices on the left. If " +"there is more than one volume on the disk, select the volume which contains the filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:41 +msgid "" +"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Check " +"Filesystem…</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:45 +msgid "" +"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a check may take longer time. Confirm to start the " +"action in the dialog that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:47 +msgid "" +"The action will not modify the filesystem but will unmount it if needed. Be patient while the filesystem is " +"checked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:51 +msgid "" +"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem is damaged. Note that in some cases even if " +"the filesystem is undamaged it still may need to be repaired to reset an internal ‘dirty’ marker." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/disk-repair.page:58 +msgid "Possible data loss when repairing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:59 +msgid "" +"If the filesystem structure is damaged it can affect the files stored in it. In some cases these files can " +"not be brought into a valid form again and will be deleted or moved to a special directory. It is normally " +"the <em>lost+found</em> folder in the top level directory of the filesystem where these recovered file " +"parts can be found." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:64 +msgid "" +"If the data is too valuable to be lost during this process, you are advised to back it up by saving an " +"image of the volume before repairing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:67 +msgid "" +"This image can be then processed with forensic analysis tools like <app>sleuthkit</app> to further recover " +"missing files and data parts which were not restored during the repair, and also previously removed files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-repair.page:74 +msgid "Repair a filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:84 +msgid "" +"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Repair " +"Filesystem…</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:88 +msgid "" +"Depending on how much data is stored in the filesystem a repair may take longer time. Confirm to start the " +"action in the dialog that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:90 +msgid "" +"The action will unmount the filesystem if needed. The repair action tries to bring the filesystem into a " +"consistent state and moves files which were damaged in a special folder. Be patient while the filesystem is " +"repaired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:96 +msgid "" +"After completion you will be notified whether the filesystem could be successfully repaired. In case of " +"success it can be used again in the normal way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:99 +msgid "" +"If the filesystem could not be repaired, back it up by saving an image of the volume to be able to retrieve " +"important files later. This can be done by mounting the image read-only or using forensic analysis tools " +"like <app>sleuthkit</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-repair.page:103 +msgid "" +"To make use of the volume again it has to be <link xref=\"disk-format\">formatted</link> with a new " +"filesystem. All data will be discarded." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk-resize.page:15 +msgid "Shrink or grow a filesystem and its partition." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk-resize.page:19 +msgid "Adjust the size of a filesystem" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:21 +msgid "" +"A filesystem can be grown to make use of the free space after its partition. Often this is even possible " +"while the filesystem is mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:24 +msgid "" +"To make space for another partition after the filesystem, it can be shrunk according to the free space " +"within it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:26 +msgid "Not all filesystems have resize support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:27 +msgid "" +"The partition size will be changed together with the filesystem size. It is also possible to resize a " +"partition without a filesystem in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/disk-resize.page:32 +msgid "Resize a filesystem/partition" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:42 +msgid "" +"In the toolbar underneath the <gui>Volumes</gui> section, click the menu button. Then click <gui>Resize " +"Filesystem…</gui> or <gui>Resize…</gui> if there is no filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:47 +msgid "" +"A dialog will open where the new size can be chosen. The filesystem will be mounted to calculate the " +"minimum size by the amount of current content. If shrinking is not supported the minimum size is the " +"current size. Leave enough space within the filesystem when shrinking to ensure that it can work fast and " +"reliably." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:52 +msgid "" +"Depending on how much data has to be moved from the shrunk part, the filesystem resize may take longer time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:55 +msgid "" +"The filesystem resize automatically involves <link xref=\"disk-repair\">repairing</link> of the filesystem. " +"Therefore it is advised to back up important data before starting. The action must not be stopped or it " +"will result in a damaged filesystem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:62 +msgid "Confirm to start the action by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Resize</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:64 +msgid "" +"The action will unmount the filesystem if resizing a mounted filesystem is not supported. Be patient while " +"the filesystem is resized." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/disk-resize.page:68 +msgid "After completion of the needed resize and repair actions the filesystem is ready to be used again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/disk.page:15 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, <link " +"xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/disk.page:25 +msgid "Disks & storage" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/display-blank.page:19 C/get-involved.page:16 C/gnome-classic.page:17 C/gnome-version.page:9 +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:20 C/power-closelid.page:25 C/power-lowpower.page:21 +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:17 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:17 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:18 +#: C/shell-notifications.page:26 C/translate.page:20 +msgid "Petr Kovar" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-blank.page:30 +msgid "Change the screen blanking time to save power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-blank.page:33 +msgid "Set screen blanking time" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-blank.page:35 +msgid "" +"To save power, you can adjust the time before the screen blanks when left idle. You can also disable the " +"blanking completely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/display-blank.page:39 +msgid "To set the screen blanking time:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-blank.page:41 C/display-brightness.page:69 C/power-autobrightness.page:33 +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:33 C/power-status.page:31 C/power-whydim.page:51 C/power-wireless.page:32 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Power</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-blank.page:45 C/display-brightness.page:73 C/power-autobrightness.page:37 +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:37 C/power-whydim.page:55 C/power-wireless.page:36 +msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-blank.page:48 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Blank screen</gui> drop-down list under <gui>Power Saving</gui> to set the time until the " +"screen blanks, or disable the blanking completely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-blank.page:55 +msgid "" +"When your computer is left idle, the screen will automatically lock itself for security reasons. To change " +"this behavior, see <link xref=\"session-screenlocks\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-brightness.page:44 +msgid "Change the screen brightness to make it more readable in bright light." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-brightness.page:48 +msgid "Set screen brightness" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:50 +msgid "" +"Depending on your hardware, you can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the " +"screen more readable in bright light." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:53 +msgid "" +"To change the brightness of your screen, click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</" +"gui> on the right side of the top bar and adjust the screen brightness slider to the value you want to use. " +"The change should take effect immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:59 +msgid "" +"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These often have a picture that looks " +"like the sun. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:64 +msgid "You can also adjust the screen brightness by using the <gui>Power</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/display-brightness.page:67 +msgid "To set the screen brightness using the Power panel:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:76 +msgid "" +"Adjust the <gui>Screen brightness</gui> slider to the value you want to use. The change should take effect " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:82 +msgid "" +"If your computer features an integrated light sensor, the screen brightness will automatically be adjusted " +"for you. You can disable automatic screen brightness in the <gui>Power</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-brightness.page:87 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, you can also have the screen dim automatically to " +"save power. For more information, see <link xref=\"power-whydim\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:29 +msgid "Set up an additional monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32 +msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:83 +msgid "Set up an additional monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:84 +msgid "" +"To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not recognize it " +"immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:90 C/display-night-light.page:32 C/look-resolution.page:58 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Displays</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94 C/display-night-light.page:36 C/look-resolution.page:62 +msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:97 +msgid "In the display arrangement diagram, drag your displays to the relative positions you want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:100 +msgid "" +"The numbers on the diagram are shown at the top-left of each display when the <gui>Displays</gui> panel is " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:105 +msgid "Click <gui>Primary Display</gui> to choose your primary display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:108 +msgid "" +"The primary display is the one with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link>, and where the " +"<gui>Activities</gui> overview is shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:114 C/look-resolution.page:70 +msgid "Select the orientation, resolution or scale, and refresh rate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:117 C/look-resolution.page:73 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That way, if " +"you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are " +"happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:128 +msgid "Display modes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:129 +msgid "With two screens, these display modes are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:131 +msgid "<gui>Join Displays:</gui> screen edges are joined so things can pass from one display to another." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:133 +msgid "" +"<gui>Mirror:</gui> the same content is shown on two displays, with the same resolution and orientation for " +"both." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:135 +msgid "" +"<gui>Single Display:</gui> only one display is configured, effectively turning off the other one. For " +"instance, an external monitor connected to a docked laptop with the lid closed would be the single " +"configured display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:145 +msgid "Adding more than one monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:146 +msgid "With more than two screens, <gui>Join Displays</gui> is the only mode available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:150 +msgid "Press the button for the display that you would like to configure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:154 +msgid "Drag the screens to the desired relative positions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/display-night-light.page:14 +msgid "2018" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/display-night-light.page:19 +msgid "Night Light changes the color of your displays according to the time of day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/display-night-light.page:23 +msgid "Adjust the color temperature of your screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/display-night-light.page:25 +msgid "" +"A computer monitor emits blue light which contributes to sleeplessness and eye strain after dark. " +"<gui>Night Light</gui> changes the color of your displays according to the time of day, making the color " +"warmer in the evening. To enable <gui>Night Light</gui>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-night-light.page:39 +msgid "Click <gui>Night Light</gui> to open the settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-night-light.page:42 +msgid "" +"Press <gui>Sunset to Sunrise</gui> to make the screen color follow the sunset and sunrise times for your " +"location. Press the <gui>Manual</gui> button to set the times to a custom schedule." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/display-night-light.page:47 +msgid "Use the slider to adjust the <gui>Color Temperature</gui> to be more warm or less warm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/display-night-light.page:52 +msgid "" +"The <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> shows when <gui>Night Light</gui> is active. It can be " +"temporarily disabled from the system menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/files-autorun.page:26 C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31 C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:31 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:30 C/look-background.page:40 C/look-display-fuzzy.page:31 +#: C/look-resolution.page:30 C/mouse-doubleclick.page:29 C/shell-apps-open.page:22 +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:20 +msgid "Shobha Tyagi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-autorun.page:36 +msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media." +msgstr "اجرای خودکار برنامهها برای سیدیها و دیویدیها، دوربینها، پخشکنندههای صوتی و دیگر افزارهها و رسانهها." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:41 +msgid "Open applications for devices or discs" +msgstr "گشودن برنامهها برای افزارهها یا دیسکها" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. " +"For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also " +"turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:48 +msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:53 C/net-default-browser.page:40 C/net-default-email.page:41 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Details</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:57 C/net-default-browser.page:44 C/net-default-email.page:45 +msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:60 +msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:63 +msgid "" +"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See " +"below for a description of the different types of devices and media." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:66 +msgid "" +"Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file " +"manager, with the <gui>Open folder</gui> option. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or " +"nothing will happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:72 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-" +"book readers), click <gui>Other Media…</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of " +"device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> " +"drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:81 +msgid "" +"If you do not want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never " +"prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the <gui>Details</gui> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:87 +msgid "Types of devices and media" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:90 +msgid "Audio discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:91 +msgid "" +"Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs " +"(DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media…</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file " +"manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:98 +msgid "Video discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:99 +msgid "" +"Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to set " +"an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs " +"do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:106 +msgid "Blank discs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:107 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, " +"blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:112 +msgid "Cameras and photos" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:113 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your " +"digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can " +"also simply browse your photos using the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:117 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Other Media…</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you " +"might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>Pictures</" +"file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:123 +msgid "Music players" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:124 +msgid "" +"Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files " +"yourself using the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:128 +msgid "E-book readers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:129 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Other Media…</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, " +"or manage the files yourself using the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-autorun.page:134 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:135 +msgid "" +"Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is " +"inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is " +"inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-autorun.page:141 +msgid "Never run software from media you don’t trust." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-browse.page:37 +msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-browse.page:40 +msgid "Browse files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-browse.page:50 +msgid "" +"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use " +"it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file " +"servers</link>, and on network shares." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-browse.page:55 +msgid "" +"To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities" +"\">Activities</gui> overview. You can also search for files and folders through the overview in the same " +"way you would <link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">search for applications</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-browse.page:62 +msgid "Exploring the contents of folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:64 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click or <link xref=\"mouse-" +"middleclick\">middle-click</link> any file to open it with the default application for that file. Middle-" +"click a folder to open it in a new tab. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:70 +msgid "" +"When looking through the files in a folder, you can quickly <link xref=\"files-preview\">preview each file</" +"link> by pressing the space bar to be sure you have the right file before opening it, copying it, or " +"deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:75 +msgid "" +"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you’re viewing, including " +"the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-" +"click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, or access its properties." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to quickly <link xref=\"files-search\">search for a file</link>, in or below the folder you are " +"viewing, start typing its name. A <em>search bar</em> will appear at the top of the window and only files " +"which match your search will be shown. Press <key>Esc</key> to cancel the search." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-browse.page:86 +msgid "" +"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, press the " +"menu button in the top-right corner of the window and then select <gui>Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks " +"to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Drag a folder to the sidebar, and drop " +"it over <gui>New bookmark</gui>, which appears dynamically, or click the current folder in the path bar and " +"then select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Add to Bookmarks</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/files-copy.page:14 C/files-delete.page:15 C/files-open.page:13 +msgid "Cristopher Thomas" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-copy.page:28 +msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-copy.page:31 +msgid "Copy or move files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:33 +msgid "" +"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using " +"the copy and paste commands, or by using keyboard shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:37 +msgid "" +"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. " +"Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if " +"you don’t like your changes)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-copy.page:42 +msgid "" +"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same " +"way." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:46 +msgid "Copy and paste files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:47 +msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:48 +msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:50 +msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:52 +msgid "" +"Click the menu button and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:59 +msgid "Cut and paste files to move them" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:60 +msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:61 +msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:63 +msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:64 +msgid "" +"Click the menu button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved " +"to the other folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-copy.page:71 +msgid "Drag files to copy or move" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:72 +msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:74 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you " +"want to move or copy the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:79 +msgid "" +"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the " +"<em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:82 +msgid "" +"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied, because " +"you’re dragging from one device to another." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-copy.page:84 +msgid "" +"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to " +"be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-copy.page:91 +msgid "" +"You cannot copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to " +"prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=" +"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-delete.page:37 +msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-delete.page:40 +msgid "Delete files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-delete.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the " +"<gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover" +"\">restore items</link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you decide you need " +"them, or if they were accidentally deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-delete.page:49 +msgid "To send a file to the trash:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:50 +msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:52 +msgid "" +"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the " +"sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-delete.page:56 +msgid "" +"The file will be moved to the trash, and you’ll be presented with an option to <gui>Undo</gui> the " +"deletion. The <gui>Undo</gui> button will appear for a few seconds. If you select <gui>Undo</gui>, the file " +"will be restored to its original location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-delete.page:61 +msgid "" +"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty " +"the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-delete.page:66 +msgid "Permanently delete a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-delete.page:67 +msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-delete.page:71 +msgid "To permanently delete a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:72 +msgid "Select the item you want to delete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:73 +msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-delete.page:75 +msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-delete.page:79 +msgid "" +"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other " +"operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug " +"the device back into your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-disc-write.page:18 +msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-disc-write.page:22 +msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:24 +msgid "" +"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or DVD " +"will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets " +"you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files " +"onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:32 +msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:34 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> notification that pops up at the bottom of the screen, select " +"<gui>Open with CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:37 +msgid "" +"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:41 +msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:44 +msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:47 +msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:50 +msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:51 +msgid "" +"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, which " +"will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:56 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other " +"options. The default options should be fine." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:61 +msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:62 +msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:66 +msgid "" +"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or " +"<gui>Close</gui> to exit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-disc-write.page:72 +msgid "If the disc wasn’t burned properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:74 +msgid "" +"Sometimes the computer doesn’t record the data correctly, and you won’t be able to see the files you put " +"onto the disc when you insert it into a computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-disc-write.page:78 +msgid "" +"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than 48x. " +"Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> " +"button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-hidden.page:28 +msgid "Make a file invisible, so you cannot see it in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:32 +msgid "Hide a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:34 +msgid "" +"The <app>Files</app> file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a " +"file is hidden, it is not displayed by the file manager, but it is still there in its folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:38 +msgid "" +"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <file>.</file> at the beginning of its " +"name. For example, to hide a file named <file>example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example." +"txt</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <file>.</file> at " +"the beginning of the folder’s name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:49 +msgid "Show all hidden files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the view options button " +"in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></" +"keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:58 +msgid "" +"To hide these files again, either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden " +"Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-hidden.page:66 +msgid "Unhide a file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:68 +msgid "" +"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the view options button in the " +"toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it does not " +"have a <file>.</file> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, " +"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:77 +msgid "" +"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the view options button in the toolbar and pick " +"<gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other " +"hidden files again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:83 +msgid "" +"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change " +"this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-hidden.page:88 +msgid "" +"Most hidden files will have a <file>.</file> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a " +"<file>~</file> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde" +"\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-lost.page:32 +msgid "Follow these tips if you can’t find a file you created or downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-lost.page:36 +msgid "Find a lost file" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-lost.page:38 +msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you cannot find it, follow these tips." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you do not remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can <link " +"xref=\"files-search\">search for the file by name</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. " +"Check the <file>Desktop</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders in your home folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:51 +msgid "" +"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it " +"stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a " +"deleted file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-lost.page:56 +msgid "" +"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> " +"or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the view options button in the " +"<app>Files</app> toolbar and enable <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-" +"hidden\"/> to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-open.page:23 +msgid "" +"Open files using an application that isn’t the default one for that type of file. You can change the " +"default too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-open.page:27 +msgid "Open files with other applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:29 +msgid "" +"When you double-click (or middle-click) a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default " +"application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, " +"or set the default application for all files of the same type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:34 +msgid "" +"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application " +"you want from the top of the menu. If you do not see the application you want, select <gui>Open With Other " +"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications that are known to handle the file. " +"To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>View All Applications</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-open.page:41 +msgid "" +"If you still cannot find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking " +"<gui>Find New Applications</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications " +"that are known to handle files of that type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-open.page:47 +msgid "Change the default application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-open.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to " +"open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your " +"favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:54 +msgid "" +"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which " +"application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:57 +msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:58 +msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:59 +msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-open.page:61 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but do not want to make " +"the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended " +"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting " +"it from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-open.page:68 +msgid "" +"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-preview.page:26 +msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-preview.page:30 +msgid "Preview files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-preview.page:33 +msgid "You need to have <app>Sushi</app> installed on your computer to perform these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. Translators: This button is only shown on Ubuntu, where this link +#. format is preferred over 'install:gnome-sushi'. +#: C/files-preview.page:36 +msgid "<link style=\"button\" href=\"apt:gnome-sushi\">Install <app>Sushi</app></link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press " +"the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the " +"preview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:44 +msgid "" +"The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, " +"you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-preview.page:48 +msgid "" +"To view a preview full-screen, press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key>. Press <key>F</key> or <key>F11</key> " +"again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-recover.page:24 +msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-recover.page:28 +msgid "Recover a file from the Trash" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and " +"should be able to be restored." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-recover.page:34 +msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:36 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <app>Files</" +"app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:40 +msgid "Click on <app>Files</app> to open the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:43 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, press the menu button in the top-" +"right corner of the window and select <gui>Sidebar</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-recover.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder " +"from where it was deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:54 +msgid "" +"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the " +"command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can’t be " +"recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-recover.page:59 +msgid "" +"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were " +"permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally " +"permanently deleted a file, it’s probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can " +"recover it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-removedrive.page:28 +msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:31 +msgid "Safely remove an external drive" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before " +"unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still " +"using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like " +"a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:41 +msgid "To eject a removable device:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:43 +msgid "From the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, open <app>Files</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:47 +msgid "" +"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon " +"to safely remove or eject the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:50 C/files-removedrive.page:67 +msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-removedrive.page:56 +msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:58 +msgid "" +"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely " +"remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you <gui>Volume is busy</gui>. To safely " +"remove the device:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:63 +msgid "Click <gui>Cancel</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:64 +msgid "Close all the files on the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:65 +msgid "Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-removedrive.page:71 +msgid "" +"You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause " +"errors in applications that have those files open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-rename.page:35 +msgid "Change file or folder name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-rename.page:38 +msgid "Rename a file or folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:40 +msgid "As with other file managers, you can use <app>Files</app> to change the name of a file or folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-rename.page:44 +msgid "To rename a file or folder:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:45 +msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:47 +msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Rename</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:51 +msgid "" +"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-rename.page:54 +msgid "" +"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension " +"(the part after the last <file>.</file>). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (for " +"example, <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need " +"to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-rename.page:62 +msgid "" +"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the " +"action, immediately click the menu button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo Rename</gui>, or press " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>, to restore the former name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-rename.page:70 +msgid "Valid characters for file names" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-rename.page:72 +msgid "" +"You can use any character except the <file>/</file> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, " +"use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to " +"avoid the following characters in your file names: <file>|</file>, <file>\\</file>, <file>?</file>, " +"<file>*</file>, <file><</file>, <file>\"</file>, <file>:</file>, <file>></file>, <file>/</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-rename.page:80 +msgid "" +"If you name a file with a <file>.</file> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden" +"\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-rename.page:88 C/hardware.page:39 C/mouse.page:50 +msgid "Common problems" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:92 +msgid "The file name is already in use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:93 +msgid "" +"You cannot have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to " +"a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:96 +msgid "" +"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as " +"<file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:102 +msgid "The file name is too long" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:103 +msgid "" +"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character " +"limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (for example, <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/" +"business-proposals/…</file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-rename.page:110 +msgid "The option to rename is grayed out" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-rename.page:111 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution " +"with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See " +"<link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-search.page:38 +msgid "Locate files based on file name and type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-search.page:41 +msgid "Search for files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-search.page:43 +msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/files-search.page:47 +msgid "Other search applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/files-search.page:53 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:118 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:55 C/files-share.page:53 +msgid "" +"Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> " +"overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:59 +msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:63 +msgid "" +"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name, and they will be shown in the search bar. For " +"example, if you name all your invoices with the word “Invoice”, type <input>invoice</input>. Words are " +"matched regardless of case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-search.page:68 +msgid "" +"Instead of typing words directly to bring up the search bar, you can click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar, " +"or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:76 +msgid "" +"You can narrow your results by date, by file type, and by whether to search a file's full text, or to only " +"search for file names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:78 +msgid "" +"To apply filters, select the drop-down menu button to the left of the file manager's <_:media-1/> icon, and " +"choose from the available filters:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:84 +msgid "<gui>When</gui>: How far back do you want to search?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:87 +msgid "<gui>What</gui>: What is the type of item?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:90 +msgid "Should your search include a full-text search, or search only the file names?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:96 +msgid "To remove a filter, select the <gui>X</gui> beside the filter tag that you want to remove." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:100 +msgid "" +"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would " +"from any folder in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:105 +msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-search.page:113 +msgid "Customize files search" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-search.page:115 +msgid "" +"You may want certain directories to be included or excluded from searches in the <app>Files</app> " +"application. To customize which directories are searched:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:121 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Search</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:125 +msgid "" +"Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Search</gui></guiseq> from the results. This will open the " +"<gui>Search Settings</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:129 +msgid "Select the <_:media-1/> icon from the bottom of the <gui>Search</gui> settings panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-search.page:136 +msgid "" +"This will open a separate settings panel which allows you toggle directory searches on or off. You can " +"toggle searches on each of the three tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:141 +msgid "<gui>Places</gui>: Lists common home directory locations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:144 +msgid "" +"<gui>Bookmarks</gui>: Lists directory locations that you have bookmarked in the <app>Files</app> application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-search.page:148 +msgid "<gui>Other</gui>: Lists directory locations that you include via the <gui>+</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-select.page:18 +msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-select.page:22 +msgid "Select files by pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-select.page:24 +msgid "" +"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</" +"key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts " +"of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:31 +msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:33 +msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-select.page:36 +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name " +"<file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:42 +msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, " +"<file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:47 +msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-select.page:49 +msgid "" +"If you have photos as before, but you have edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of " +"the file name of the photos you have edited, select the edited photos with" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/files-select.page:52 +msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-share.page:26 +msgid "Easily transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-share.page:30 +msgid "Share files by email" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-share.page:42 +msgid "You can easily share files with your contacts by email directly from the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-share.page:46 +msgid "" +"Before you begin, make sure <app>Evolution</app> or <app>Geary</app> is installed on your computer, and " +"your email account is configured." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-share.page:51 +msgid "To share a file by email:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:56 +msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:58 +msgid "" +"Right-click the file and select <gui>Send to…</gui>. An email compose window will appear with the file " +"attached." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-share.page:61 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>To</gui> to choose a contact, or enter an email address where you want to send the file. Fill in " +"the <gui>Subject</gui> and the body of the message as required and click <gui>Send</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/files-share.page:67 +msgid "" +"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key> while clicking " +"the files, then right-click any selected file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-sort.page:27 +msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-sort.page:30 +msgid "Sort files and folders" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-sort.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file " +"size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-" +"views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-sort.page:41 +msgid "" +"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the " +"current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:46 +msgid "Icon view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:48 +msgid "" +"To sort files in a different order, click the view options button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</" +"gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui>, <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or <gui>By Access Date</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:54 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical " +"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:58 +msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:64 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:66 +msgid "" +"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, " +"click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/files-sort.page:69 +msgid "" +"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the view options " +"button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns…</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. " +"You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of " +"available columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files-sort.page:79 +msgid "Ways of sorting files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/files-sort.page:83 C/nautilus-list.page:55 C/net-firewall-ports.page:38 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:84 +msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/files-sort.page:87 C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:76 C/nautilus-list.page:62 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:88 +msgid "" +"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/files-sort.page:92 C/nautilus-list.page:67 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:93 +msgid "" +"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/files-sort.page:97 +msgid "Last Modified" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-sort.page:98 +msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/files-templates.page:13 C/printing-inklevel.page:14 +msgid "Anita Reitere" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-templates.page:27 +msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-templates.page:30 +msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-templates.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A " +"file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For " +"example, you could create a template document with your letterhead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-templates.page:38 +msgid "Make a new template" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:40 +msgid "" +"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a " +"word processing application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:45 +msgid "" +"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> " +"folder. If the <file>Templates</file> folder does not exist, you will need to create it first." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/files-templates.page:52 +msgid "Use a template to create a document" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:54 +msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:57 +msgid "" +"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New Document</" +"gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:62 +msgid "Choose your desired template from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/files-templates.page:65 +msgid "" +"Double-click the file to open it and start editing. You may wish to <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename the " +"file</link> when you are finished." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files-tilde.page:28 +msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files-tilde.page:31 +msgid "What is a file with a <file>~</file> at the end of its name?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:33 +msgid "" +"Files with a <file>~</file> at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are " +"automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other " +"applications. It is safe to delete them, but there is no harm to leave them on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:39 +msgid "" +"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <gui>Show " +"Hidden Files</gui> (in the view options menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/files-tilde.page:46 +msgid "" +"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for " +"advice on dealing with hidden files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/files.page:27 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Files" +msgstr "پروندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/files.page:29 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=" +"\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"files-search\">جستوجو</link>، <link xref=\"files-delete\">حذف پروندهها</link>، <link xref=" +"\"files#backup\">پشتیبانها</link>، <link xref=\"files#removable\">گردانندههای جداشدنی</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/files.page:38 +msgid "Files, folders & search" +msgstr "پروندهها، شاخهها و جستوجو" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:41 +msgid "Common tasks" +msgstr "کارهای معمول" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:46 +msgid "More file-related tasks" +msgstr "کارهای بیشتر مربوط به پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:51 +msgid "Removable drives and external disks" +msgstr "گردانندههای جداشدنی و دیسکهای خارجی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:56 +msgid "Backing up" +msgstr "پشتیبان گیری" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/files.page:61 +msgid "Tips and questions" +msgstr "نکتهها و پرسشها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/get-involved.page:7 +msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/get-involved.page:22 +msgid "Participate to improve this guide" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/get-involved.page:26 +msgid "Submit an issue" +msgstr "ثبت یک مشکل" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:28 +msgid "" +"This help documentation is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice " +"a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but " +"are not), you can submit a <em>new issue</em>. To submit a new issue, go to the <link href=\"https://gitlab." +"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">issue tracker</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:35 +msgid "" +"You need to register, so you can submit an issue and receive updates by email about its status. If you do " +"not already have an account, click the <gui><link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/users/sign_in\">Sign in / " +"Register</link></gui> button to create one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:40 +msgid "" +"Once you have an account, make sure you are logged in, then go back to the <link href=\"https://gitlab." +"gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">documentation issue tracker</link> and click <gui><link href=" +"\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues/new\">New issue</link></gui>. Before reporting a " +"new issue, please <link href=\"https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gnome-user-docs/issues\">browse</link> for " +"the issue to see if something similar already exists." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:48 +msgid "" +"Before submitting your issue, choose the appropriate label in the <gui>Labels</gui> menu. If you are filing " +"an issue against this documentation, you should choose the <gui>gnome-help</gui> label. If you are not sure " +"which component your issue pertains to, do not choose any." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you are requesting help about a topic that you feel is not covered, choose <gui>Feature</gui> as the " +"label. Fill in the Title and Description sections and click <gui>Submit issue</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:57 +msgid "" +"Your issue will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for " +"helping make the GNOME Help better!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/get-involved.page:63 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "تماس با ما" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/get-involved.page:65 +msgid "" +"You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing list " +"to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team." +msgstr "" +"میتوانید برای آموزش بیشتر دربارهٔ چگونگی پیوستن به تیم مستندات، به فهرست پستی مستندات گنوم <link href=" +"\"mailto:gnome-doc-list@gnome.org\">رایانامه</link> بزنید." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/gnome-classic.page:23 +msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience." +msgstr "اگر یک تجربهٔ میزکار سنّتیتر را ترجیح میدهید، تعویض به گنوم کلاسیک را مدنظر قرار دهید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/gnome-classic.page:27 +msgid "What is GNOME Classic?" +msgstr "گنوم کلاسیک چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:31 +msgid "" +"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While " +"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the " +"user interface, such as the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus on the top bar, and a " +"window list at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:39 +msgid "" +"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more traditional desktop experience. While " +"<em>GNOME Classic</em> is based on <em>GNOME 3</em> technologies, it provides a number of changes to the " +"user interface, such as the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</" +"gui> menus on the top bar, and a window list at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can use the <gui>Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch applications. The <gui xref=\"shell-" +"introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview is available by selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</" +"gui> item from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:53 +msgid "" +"To access the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super" +"\">Super</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/gnome-classic.page:57 +msgid "Window list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:59 C/shell-introduction.page:270 +msgid "" +"The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your open windows and applications and " +"lets you quickly minimize and restore them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:62 +msgid "" +"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current workspace, " +"such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the total " +"number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and select " +"the workspace you want to use from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/gnome-classic.page:71 +msgid "Switch to and from GNOME Classic" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:74 +msgid "" +"GNOME Classic is only available on systems with certain GNOME Shell extensions installed. Some Linux " +"distributions may not have these extensions available or installed by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/gnome-classic.page:80 +msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:82 C/gnome-classic.page:107 +msgid "" +"Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click your " +"name and then choose the right option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:86 C/gnome-classic.page:111 +msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:90 C/gnome-classic.page:115 +msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:93 C/gnome-classic.page:118 +msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:96 +msgid "" +"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</gui> button, and select " +"<gui>GNOME Classic</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:100 C/gnome-classic.page:125 +msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/gnome-classic.page:105 +msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-classic.page:121 +msgid "" +"Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</gui> button, and select " +"<gui>GNOME</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/gnome-version.page:16 +msgid "How to determine which version of GNOME is running." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/gnome-version.page:19 +msgid "Determine which version of GNOME is running" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/gnome-version.page:21 +msgid "" +"You can determine the version of GNOME that is running on your system by going to the <gui>Details/About</" +"gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-version.page:26 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>About</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-version.page:30 +msgid "Click on <gui>About</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/gnome-version.page:31 +msgid "" +"A window appears showing information about your system, including your distribution’s name and the GNOME " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-auth.page:13 +msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…" +msgstr "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">اثر انگشتخوانها</link>، کارتهای هوشمند…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-auth.page:24 +msgid "Fingerprints & smart cards" +msgstr "اثر انگشتها و کارتهای هوشمند" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:20 +msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers." +msgstr "رفع اشکال کارتخوانهای رسانهای." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23 +msgid "Media card reader problems" +msgstr "مشکلات کارتخوان رسانهای" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:25 +msgid "" +"Many computers contain readers for SD, MMC, SM, MS, CF, and other storage media cards. These should be " +"automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting " +"steps if they are not:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:31 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly " +"inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CF, require a " +"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against " +"something solid, do not force it.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:39 +msgid "" +"Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. Does " +"the inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in " +"this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> " +"or click <gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> in the top bar and select the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Sidebar</" +"gui>.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>L</key></keyseq>, then type " +"<input>computer:///</input> and press <key>Enter</key>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the " +"reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been " +"mounted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56 +msgid "" +"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card " +"or check the card on a different reader if possible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:61 +msgid "" +"If no cards or drives are shown when browsing the <gui>Computer</gui> location, it is possible that your " +"card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the " +"computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your " +"device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also " +"available, and are far better supported by Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-driver.page:17 +msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-driver.page:21 +msgid "What is a driver?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:23 +msgid "" +"Devices are the physical “parts” of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor " +"or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:27 +msgid "" +"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. " +"This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:31 +msgid "" +"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to " +"work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver is not available, you will not be able " +"to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:37 +msgid "" +"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it " +"in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-driver.page:41 +msgid "" +"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find " +"that your printer cannot do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:13 +msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:19 +msgid "Screen problems" +msgstr "مشکلات صفحه" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21 +msgid "" +"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the " +"topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?" +msgstr "" +"بیشتر مشلات یا صفحه ناشی از مشکلات راهاندازهای گرافیکی یا پیکربندی هستند. کدام یک از موضوعهای زیر مشکلی که " +"دارید را بهتر توصیف میکند؟" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:13 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "سختافزار" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/hardware.page:15 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link " +"xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth" +"\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">مشکلات سختافزاری</link>، <link xref=\"printing\">چاپگرها</link>، <link " +"xref=\"power\">تنظمیات نیرو</link>، <link xref=\"color\">مدیریت رنگ</link>، <link xref=\"bluetooth" +"\">بلوتوث</link>، <link xref=\"disk\">دیسکها</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/hardware.page:26 +msgid "Hardware & drivers" +msgstr "سختافزا و راهاندازها" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/hardware.page:31 +msgid "More topics" +msgstr "موضوعات بیشتر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:36 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Problems" +msgstr "مشکلات" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/hardware.page:37 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Hardware problems" +msgstr "مشکلات سختافزاری" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/help-irc.page:7 +msgid "Get live support on IRC." +msgstr "روی آیآرسی پشتیبانی زنده بگیرید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/help-irc.page:18 +msgid "IRC" +msgstr "آیآرسی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-irc.page:19 +msgid "" +"IRC stands for Internet Relay Chat. It is a real-time multi-user messaging system. You can get help and " +"advice on the GNOME IRC server from other GNOME users and developers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-irc.page:24 +msgid "" +"To connect to the GNOME IRC server, use <app>empathy</app> or <app>xchat</app>, or use a web interface like " +"<link href=\"http://chat.mibbit.com/\">mibbit</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-irc.page:28 +msgid "" +"To create an IRC account in empathy, see the <link href=\"help:empathy/irc-manage\">Empathy documentation</" +"link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-irc.page:32 +msgid "" +"The GNOME IRC server is <sys>irc.gnome.org</sys>. You may also see it referred to as the \"GIMP network\". " +"If your computer is properly configured you can click on the link <link href=\"irc://irc.gnome.org/gnome\"/" +"> to access the <sys>gnome</sys> channel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-irc.page:37 +msgid "While IRC is a real-time discussion medium, people tend to not reply immediately, so be patient." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/help-irc.page:42 +msgid "" +"Please note the <link href=\"https://wiki.gnome.org/Foundation/CodeOfConduct\">GNOME code of conduct</link> " +"applies when you chat on IRC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:23 +msgid "Request support by e-mail." +msgstr "درخواست پشتیبانی با رایانامه." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:26 +msgid "Mailing list" +msgstr "فهرست پستی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:28 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using the GNOME mailing lists. Almost " +"each GNOME application has its own mailing list. The complete list of mailing-lists are listed at <link " +"href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:34 +msgid "You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/help-mailing-list.page:38 +msgid "" +"The default language used on mailing lists is English. There are user mailing lists for other languages. " +"For example, <sys>gnome-de</sys> for German speakers or <sys>gnome-cl-list</sys> for all things related to " +"Chile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/index.page:7 +msgid "A guide for GNOME 3 desktop users." +msgstr "راهنمایی برای کاربران میزکار گنوم ۳." + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:9 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "GNOME Help" +msgstr "راهنمای گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/index.page:10 +msgctxt "text" +msgid "GNOME Help" +msgstr "راهنمای گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/index.page:11 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "راهنما" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/index.page:16 +msgid "Yelp logo" +msgstr "نشان یلپ" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/index.page:16 +msgid "<_:media-1/> GNOME Help" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> راهنمای گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23 C/keyboard-layouts.page:22 C/keyboard-nav.page:19 C/keyboard-osk.page:20 +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22 C/keyboard.page:22 +msgid "Julita Inca" +msgstr "جولیتا اینکا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:37 +msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41 +msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43 +msgid "" +"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it " +"easier to locate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:58 +msgid "Press <gui>Cursor Blinking</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:61 +msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:15 C/keyboard-layouts.page:30 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:26 +msgid "Juanjo Marín" +msgstr "جوانجو مارین" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:25 +msgid "The <key>Menu</key> key launches a context menu with the keyboard rather than with a right-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:29 +msgid "What is the <key>Menu</key> key?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:31 +msgid "" +"The <key>Menu</key> key, also known as the <em>Application</em> key, is a key found on some Windows-" +"oriented keyboards. This key is usually on the bottom-right of the keyboard, next to the <key>Ctrl</key> " +"key, but it can be placed in a different location by keyboard manufacturers. Its is usually depicted as a " +"cursor hovering above a menu: <_:media-1/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:45 +msgid "" +"The primary function of this key is to launch a context menu with the keyboard rather than by clicking the " +"right mouse button: this is useful if mouse or a similar device is not available, or when the right mouse " +"button is not present." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:50 +msgid "" +"The <key>Menu</key> key is sometimes omitted in the interest of space, particularly on portable and laptop " +"keyboards. In this case, some keyboards include a <key>Menu</key> function key that can be activated in " +"combination with the Function (<key>Fn</key>) key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-menu.page:55 +msgid "" +"The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. The menu that you see, if any, is " +"dependent on the context and function of the area that you right-clicked. When you use the <key>Menu</key> " +"key, the context menu is shown for the area of the screen that your cursor is over at the point when the " +"key is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:25 +msgid "" +"The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can usually find it next to the " +"<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:30 +msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:32 +msgid "" +"When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is displayed. This key can " +"usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a " +"Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:38 +msgid "" +"If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key, while " +"Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:43 +msgid "To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:58 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:77 +msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:61 +msgid "In the <gui>System</gui> category, click the row with <gui>Show the activities overview</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-key-super.page:65 +msgid "Hold down the desired key combination." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:36 C/mouse-wakeup.page:29 C/prefs-sharing.page:15 C/printing-cancel-job.page:24 +#: C/printing-name-location.page:17 C/printing-name-location.page:22 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25 +#: C/printing-to-file.page:15 C/privacy.page:20 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:28 C/session-fingerprint.page:26 +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:24 C/user-autologin.page:18 +msgid "2013" +msgstr "۲۰۱۳" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41 +msgid "Add keyboard layouts and switch between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:44 +msgid "Use alternative keyboard layouts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:46 +msgid "" +"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there " +"are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard " +"behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. " +"This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62 +msgid "Click <gui>Region & Language</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66 +msgid "" +"Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the <gui>Input Sources</gui> section, select the language which is " +"associated with the layout, then select a layout and press <gui>Add</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:73 C/session-formats.page:69 C/session-language.page:89 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple user accounts on your system, there is a separate instance of the <gui>Region & " +"Language</gui> panel for the login screen. Click the <gui>Login Screen</gui> button at the top right to " +"toggle between the two instances." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78 +msgid "" +"Some rarely used keyboard layout variants are not available by default when you click the <gui>+</gui> " +"button. To make also those input sources available you can open a terminal window by pressing " +"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> and run this command:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:90 C/keyboard-layouts.page:95 +msgid "preview" +msgstr "پیشنمایش" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88 +msgid "" +"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of <gui>Input Sources</gui> and clicking " +"<gui><_:media-1/></gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:98 +msgid "preferences" +msgstr "ترجیحات" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:93 +msgid "" +"Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because they " +"have a <gui><_:media-1/></gui> icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the " +"language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-2/></gui> button " +"will give you access to the extra settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:101 +msgid "" +"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the same layout or to set a different " +"layout for each window. Using a different layout for each window is useful, for example, if you’re writing " +"an article in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will be remembered for " +"each window as you switch between windows. Press the <gui style=\"button\">Options</gui> button to select " +"how you want to manage multiple layouts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:109 +msgid "" +"The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard " +"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to use from the menu. If the " +"selected language has any extra settings, they will be shown below the list of available layouts. This " +"gives you a quick overview of your settings. You can also open an image with the current keyboard layout " +"for reference." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:116 +msgid "" +"The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard " +"Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and " +"backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super" +"\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</" +"key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/input-methods-switcher.png' md5='2ee80298080e748428543267cb499806'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:34 +msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:37 +msgid "Keyboard navigation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:47 +msgid "" +"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who " +"want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link " +"xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric " +"keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59 +msgid "Navigate user interfaces" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61 +msgid "<key>Tab</key> and" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:62 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65 +msgid "" +"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves " +"between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</" +"key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:70 +msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74 +msgid "Arrow keys" +msgstr "کلیدهای جهتدار" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76 +msgid "" +"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to " +"focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:82 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:83 +msgid "" +"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:87 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:88 +msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90 +msgid "" +"In a tree view, items that have children can be expanded or collapsed, to show or hide their children: " +"expand by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq>, and collapse by pressing " +"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96 +msgid "<key>Space</key>" +msgstr "<key>فاصله</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97 +msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:102 +msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106 +msgid "<key>Alt</key>" +msgstr "<key>دگرساز</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:107 +msgid "" +"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, " +"buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as " +"if you had clicked on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113 +msgid "<key>Esc</key>" +msgstr "<key>گریز</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114 +msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:117 +msgid "<key>F10</key>" +msgstr "<key>F10</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:118 +msgid "Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122 +msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> <key>F10</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:124 +msgid "Open the application menu on the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:127 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128 +msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:130 +msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the " +"background and not on any item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:141 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:111 +msgid "and" +msgstr "و" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:142 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143 +msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149 +msgid "Navigate the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:166 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:232 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F6</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167 +msgid "" +"Cycle through windows in the same application. Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press <key>F6</key> " +"until the window you want is highlighted, then release <key>Alt</key>. This is similar to the " +"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq> feature." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:228 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:174 +msgid "Cycle through all open windows on a workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:177 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:348 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:135 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:178 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">Open the notification list.</link> Press <key>Esc</key> " +"to close." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:184 +msgid "Navigate windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:417 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:187 +msgid "Close the current window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:190 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F5</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:192 +msgid "" +"Restore a maximized window to its original size. Use <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> to " +"maximize. <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> both maximizes and restores." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:198 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:441 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:199 +msgid "" +"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to " +"move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its " +"original place." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:205 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:453 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:206 +msgid "" +"Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to " +"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to " +"its original size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:221 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:224 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></" +"keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to restore a maximized window to its original size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:230 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:421 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>H</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:231 +msgid "Minimize a window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:234 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:473 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:235 +msgid "" +"Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its " +"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to switch sides." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:241 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:477 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:242 +msgid "" +"Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen. Press again to restore the window to its " +"previous size. Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to switch sides." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:248 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:413 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-nav.page:249 +msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16 +msgid "Jeremy Bicha" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:32 +msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse or a touchscreen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38 +msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you do not have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the <em>on-" +"screen keyboard</em> to enter text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:44 +msgid "The on-screen keyboard is automatically enabled if you use a touchscreen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:60 +msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:65 +msgid "" +"When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:68 +msgid "" +"Press the <gui style=\"button\">?123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available " +"if you then press the <gui style=\"button\">=/<</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press " +"the <gui style=\"button\">ABC</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:74 +msgid "down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:73 +msgid "" +"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to hide the keyboard temporarily. The " +"keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where you can use it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:78 +msgid "flag" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-osk.page:77 +msgid "" +"Press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> button to change your settings for <link xref=\"session-" +"language\">Language</link> or <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Input Sources</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:37 +msgid "" +"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41 +msgid "Manage repeated key presses" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:43 +msgid "" +"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you " +"release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this " +"feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating, or how quickly key presses repeat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:61 +msgid "Press <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:64 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Repeat Keys</gui> switch to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:65 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin " +"repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44 +msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:48 +msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:63 +msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:80 +msgid "Click the row for the desired action. The <gui>Set shortcut</gui> window will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:84 +msgid "" +"Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to reset, or press <key>Esc</key> to " +"cancel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:91 +msgid "Pre-defined shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:92 +msgid "There are a number of pre-configured shortcuts that can be changed, grouped into these categories:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:96 +msgid "Launchers" +msgstr "اجراگرها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:98 +msgid "Home folder" +msgstr "شاخهٔ خانگی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:99 +msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>Explorer</key>" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> یا <key>کشف</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:102 +msgid "Launch calculator" +msgstr "راهاندازی ماشین حساب" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:103 +msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Calculator</key>" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> یا <key>ماشینحساب</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:106 +msgid "Launch email client" +msgstr "راهاندازی کارخواه رایانامه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:107 +msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Mail</key>" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> یا <key>نامه</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:110 +msgid "Launch help browser" +msgstr "راهاندازی مرورگر راهنما" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:111 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:132 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:180 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:184 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:188 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:212 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:216 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:220 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:224 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:236 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:377 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:381 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:385 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:389 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:425 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:433 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:437 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:445 +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:449 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:461 C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:469 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "از کار افتاده" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:114 +msgid "Launch web browser" +msgstr "راهاندازی مرورگر وب" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:115 +msgid "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> or <key>WWW</key>" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> or <_:media-2/> یا <key>وب</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:119 +msgid "<_:media-1/> or <key>Search</key>" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> یا <key>جستوجو</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:122 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:123 +msgid "<key>Tools</key>" +msgstr "<key>ابزارها</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:129 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "ناوبری" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:131 +msgid "Hide all normal windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:135 +msgid "Move to workspace above" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:136 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:139 +msgid "Move to workspace below" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:140 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:143 +msgid "Move window one monitor down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:144 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:147 +msgid "Move window one monitor to the left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:148 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:151 +msgid "Move window one monitor to the right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:152 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:155 +msgid "Move window one monitor up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:156 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:159 +msgid "Move window one workspace down" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:160 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:164 +msgid "Move window one workspace up" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:165 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Page Up</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:169 +msgid "Move window to last workspace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:170 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:174 +msgid "Move window to workspace 1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:175 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:179 +msgid "Move window to workspace 2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:183 +msgid "Move window to workspace 3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:187 +msgid "Move window to workspace 4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:191 +msgid "Switch applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:192 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:195 +msgid "Switch system controls" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:196 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:84 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:199 +msgid "Switch system controls directly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:200 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:203 +msgid "Switch to last workspace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:204 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>End</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:207 +msgid "Switch to workspace 1" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:208 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Home</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:211 +msgid "Switch to workspace 2" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:215 +msgid "Switch to workspace 3" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:219 +msgid "Switch to workspace 4" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:223 +msgid "Switch windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:227 +msgid "Switch windows directly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:231 +msgid "Switch windows of an app directly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:235 +msgid "Switch windows of an application" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:241 +msgid "Screenshots" +msgstr "نماگرفتها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:243 +msgid "Copy a screenshot of a window to clipboard" +msgstr "رونوشت نماگرفتی از یک پنجره در حافظه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:244 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>مهار</key><key>دگرساز</key><key>نماگرفت</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:247 +msgid "Copy a screenshot of an area to clipboard" +msgstr "رونوشت نماگرفتی از یک محدوده در حافظه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:248 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>تبدیل</key><key>مهار</key><key>نماگرفت</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:251 +msgid "Copy a screenshot to clipboard" +msgstr "رونوشت یک نماگرفت در حافظه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:252 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>مهار</key><key>نمارگفت</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:255 +msgid "Record a short screencast" +msgstr "ضبط فیلم از نمایشگر" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:256 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>تبدیل</key><key>مهار</key><key>دگرساز</key><key>R</key> </keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:260 +msgid "Save a screenshot of a window to Pictures" +msgstr "ذخیرهٔ نماگرفتی از یک پنجره در تصاویر" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:261 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>نماگرفت</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:264 +msgid "Save a screenshot of an area to Pictures" +msgstr "ذخیرهٔ نماگرفتی از یک ناحیه در تصاویر" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:265 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>تبدیل</key><key>نماگرفت</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:268 +msgid "Save a screenshot to Pictures" +msgstr "ذخیرهٔ یک نماگرفت در تصاویر" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:269 +msgid "<key>Print</key>" +msgstr "<key>نماگرفت</key>" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:274 +msgid "Sound and Media" +msgstr "صدا و رسانه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:276 +msgid "Eject" +msgstr "بیرون دادن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:277 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Eject)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (بیرون دادن)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:280 +msgid "Launch media player" +msgstr "اجرای پخشکنندهٔ رسانه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:281 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio media)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (رسانهٔ صوتی)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:284 +msgid "Next track" +msgstr "قطعهٔ بعدی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:285 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio next)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (صدای بعدی)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:287 +msgid "Pause playback" +msgstr "مکث پخش" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:288 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio pause)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (مکث صدا)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:291 +msgid "Play (or play/pause)" +msgstr "پخش (یا پخش/مکث)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:292 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio play)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (پخش صدا)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:295 +msgid "Previous track" +msgstr "قطعهٔ پیشین" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:296 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio previous)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (صدای پیشین)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:299 +msgid "Stop playback" +msgstr "توقّف پخش" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:300 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio stop)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (توقّف پخش)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:303 +msgid "Volume down" +msgstr "کاهش حجم صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:304 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio lower volume)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (کاهش حجم صدا)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:307 +msgid "Volume mute" +msgstr "بیصدا کردن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:308 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio mute)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (بیصدا)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:311 +msgid "Volume up" +msgstr "افزایش حجم صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:312 +msgid "<_:media-1/> (Audio raise volume)" +msgstr "<_:media-1/> (افزایش حجم صدا)" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:317 +msgid "System" +msgstr "سامانه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:319 +msgid "Focus the active notification" +msgstr "تمرکز روی آگاهی فعال" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:320 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>N</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>N</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:323 +msgid "Lock screen" +msgstr "قفل کردن صفحه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:324 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:131 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>L</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>L</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:327 +msgid "Log out" +msgstr "خروج" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:328 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:127 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>مهار</key><key>دگرساز</key><key>حذف</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:331 +msgid "Open the application menu" +msgstr "گشودن فهرست برنامه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:332 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:335 +msgid "Restore the keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "بازگردانی میانبرهای صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:336 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Esc</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>گریز</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:339 +msgid "Show all applications" +msgstr "نمایش همهٔ برنامهها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:340 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>A</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:343 +msgid "Show the activities overview" +msgstr "نمایش نمای کلّی فعّالیتها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:344 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>F1</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:347 +msgid "Show the notification list" +msgstr "نمایش فهرست آگاهیها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:351 +msgid "Show the overview" +msgstr "نمایش نمای کلی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:352 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>s</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:355 +msgid "Show the run command prompt" +msgstr "نمایش اعلان اجرای دستور" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:356 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:361 +msgid "Typing" +msgstr "نوشتن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:363 +msgid "Switch to next input source" +msgstr "تعویض به منبع ورودی بعدی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:364 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>فاصله</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:368 +msgid "Switch to previous input source" +msgstr "تعویض به منبع ورودی پیشین" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:369 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>تبدیل</key><key>سوپر</key><key>فاصله</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:374 +msgid "Universal Access" +msgstr "دسترسی همگانی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:376 +msgid "Decrease text size" +msgstr "کاهش اندازهٔ متن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:380 +msgid "High contrast on or off" +msgstr "روشن یا خاموش کردن سایهروشن بالا" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:384 +msgid "Increase text size" +msgstr "افزایش اندازهٔ متن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:388 +msgid "Turn on-screen keyboard on or off" +msgstr "روشن یا خاموش کردن صفحهکلید مجازی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:392 +msgid "Turn screen reader on or off" +msgstr "خاموش یا روشن کردن صفحهنمایشخوان" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:393 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:396 +msgid "Turn zoom on or off" +msgstr "خاموش یا روشن کردن بزرگنمایی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:397 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>8</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>سوپر</key><key>8</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:400 +msgid "Zoom in" +msgstr "بزرگنمایی به داخل" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:401 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>=</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>سوپر</key><key>=</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:404 +msgid "Zoom out" +msgstr "بزرگنمایی به خارج" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:405 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Super</key><key>-</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>سوپر</key><key>-</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:410 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:412 +msgid "Activate the window menu" +msgstr "فعّالسازی فهرست پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:416 +msgid "Close window" +msgstr "بستن پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:420 +msgid "Hide window" +msgstr "نهفتن پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:424 +msgid "Lower window below other windows" +msgstr "بردن پنجره به زیر دیگر پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:428 +msgid "Maximize window" +msgstr "بیشینه کردن پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:429 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:432 +msgid "Maximize window horizontally" +msgstr "بیشینه کردن افقی پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:436 +msgid "Maximize window vertically" +msgstr "بیشینه کردن عمودی پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:440 +msgid "Move window" +msgstr "جابهجایی پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:444 +msgid "Raise window above other windows" +msgstr "آوردن پنجره به بالای دیگر پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:448 +msgid "Raise window if covered, otherwise lower it" +msgstr "بالا آوردن در صورت پوشیده بودن، وگرنه پایین بردن" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:452 +msgid "Resize window" +msgstr "تغییر اندازهٔ پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:456 +msgid "Restore window" +msgstr "بازگرداندن پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:457 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:460 +msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode" +msgstr "تغییر وضعیت حالت تمامصفحه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:464 +msgid "Toggle maximization state" +msgstr "تغییر وضعیت بیشینگی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:465 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "<keyseq><key>دگرساز</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:468 +msgid "Toggle window on all workspaces or one" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:472 +msgid "View split on left" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:476 +msgid "View split on right" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:484 +msgid "Custom shortcuts" +msgstr "میانبرهای سفارشی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:486 +msgid "To create your own application keyboard shortcut in the <app>Keyboard</app> settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:491 +msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button. The <gui>Add Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:495 +msgid "" +"Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application. For " +"example, if you wanted the shortcut to open <app>Rhythmbox</app>, you could name it <input>Music</input> " +"and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:502 +msgid "" +"Click the row that was just added. When the <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> window opens, hold down the " +"desired shortcut key combination." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:507 C/user-add.page:83 +msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:511 +msgid "" +"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by " +"opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application cannot have the same name " +"as the application itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:516 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, click the <em>name</" +"em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Set Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/keyboard.page:11 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor " +"blinking</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard.page:32 +msgid "Keyboard" +msgstr "صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/keyboard.page:35 C/prefs-language.page:26 +msgid "Region & Language" +msgstr "ناحیه و زبان" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/look-background.page:20 +msgid "April Gonzales" +msgstr "ایپریل گونزالس" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-background.page:50 +msgid "Set an image as your desktop background or lock screen background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-background.page:53 +msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-background.page:55 +msgid "To change the image used for your backgrounds:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:59 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Background</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:63 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel. The current selections for Background and Lock Screen are " +"shown at the top." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:67 +msgid "There are two ways to change the image used for your backgrounds:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:70 +msgid "" +"Click one of the many professional background images that ship with GNOME. You can choose <gui>Set " +"Background</gui>, <gui>Set Lock Screen</gui>, or <gui>Set Background and Lock Screen</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/look-background.page:74 +msgid "" +"Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the bottom-right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:79 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Add Picture...</gui> to use one of your own photos from your <file>Pictures</file> folder. Most " +"photo management applications store photos there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:86 +msgid "The settings are applied immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/look-background.page:88 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an image that is not in your <file>Pictures</file> folder, right-click on the " +"image file in <app>Files</app> and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>, or open the image file in <app>Image " +"Viewer</app>, click the menu button in the titlebar and select <gui>Set as Wallpaper</gui>. This will " +"affect only the desktop background." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-background.page:97 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:37 +msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:40 +msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:42 +msgid "The display resolution that is configured may not be the correct one for your screen. To solve this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57 +msgid "Click <gui>Displays</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60 +msgid "Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and select the one that makes the screen look better." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:66 +msgid "When multiple displays are connected" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:73 +msgid "" +"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the " +"displays might have different optimal, or <link xref=\"look-resolution#native\">native</link>, resolutions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:77 +msgid "" +"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Mirror</link> mode, you can display the same thing on two " +"screens. Both screens use the same resolution, which may not match the native resolution of either screen, " +"so the sharpness of the image may suffer on both screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:82 +msgid "" +"Using <link xref=\"display-dual-monitors#modes\">Join Displays</link> mode, the resolution of each screen " +"can be set independently, so they can both be set to their native resolution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/look-resolution.page:40 +msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:44 +msgid "Change the resolution or orientation of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:46 +msgid "" +"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen resolution</" +"em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing " +"the <em>rotation</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. " +"Select a display in the preview area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:81 +msgid "Resolution" +msgstr "تفکیکپذیری" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:83 +msgid "" +"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each " +"resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a " +"16∶9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4∶3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the " +"aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to " +"the top and bottom or both sides of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:91 +msgid "" +"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one " +"that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:98 +msgid "Native Resolution" +msgstr "تفکیکپذیری بومی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:100 +msgid "" +"The <em>native resolution</em> of a laptop screen or LCD monitor is the one that works best: the pixels in " +"the video signal will line up precisely with the pixels on the screen. When the screen is required to show " +"other resolutions, interpolation is necessary to represent the pixels, causing a loss of image quality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:109 +msgid "Refresh Rate" +msgstr "آهنگ نوسازی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:111 +msgid "The refresh rate is the number of times per second the screen image is drawn, or refreshed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:116 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "مقیاس" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:118 +msgid "" +"The scale setting increases the size of objects shown on the screen to match the density of your display, " +"making them easier to read. Choose <gui>100%</gui> or <gui>200%</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/look-resolution.page:125 +msgid "Orientation" +msgstr "جهت" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:127 +msgid "" +"On some devices, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. Click <gui>Orientation</gui> in " +"the panel and choose from <gui>Landscape</gui>, <gui>Portrait Right</gui>, <gui>Portrait Left</gui>, or " +"<gui>Landscape (flipped)</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/look-resolution.page:135 +msgid "rotation lock" +msgstr "قفل چرخش" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/look-resolution.page:136 +msgid "rotation unlock" +msgstr "قفلگشایی چرخش" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/look-resolution.page:133 +msgid "" +"If your device rotates the screen automatically, you can lock the current rotation using the <_:media-1/> " +"button at the bottom of the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui>. To unlock, press " +"the <_:media-2/> button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/media.page:13 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=" +"\"media#photos\">editing photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"media#photos\">دوربینهای دیجیتالی</link>، <link xref=\"media#music\">آیپاد</link>، <link xref=" +"\"media#photos\">ویرایش عکس</link>، <link xref=\"media#videos\">پخش ویدیو</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/media.page:22 +msgid "Sound, video & pictures" +msgstr "صدا، تصویر و ویدیو" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:26 +msgctxt "sort" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:27 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:28 +msgctxt "link:topic" +msgid "Sound" +msgstr "صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/media.page:29 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, " +"<link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">حجم صدا</link>، <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">بلندگوها و هدفونها</link>، " +"<link xref=\"sound-usemic\">میکروفونها</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:36 +msgid "Basic sound" +msgstr "صدای پایه" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:40 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Music and players" +msgstr "آهنگها و پخشکنندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:41 +msgid "Music and portable audio players" +msgstr "آهنگها و پخشکنندههای صوتی قابل حمل" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:45 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Photos" +msgstr "عکسها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:46 +msgid "Photos and digital cameras" +msgstr "عکسها و دوربینهای دیجیتالی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/media.page:50 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Videos" +msgstr "ویدیوها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/media.page:51 +msgid "Videos and video cameras" +msgstr "ویدیوها و دوربینهای ویدیویی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/more-help.page:18 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help improve " +"this guide</link>, <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">mailing list</link>, <link xref=\"help-irc\">IRC</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">نکتههایی برای استفاده از این راهنما</link>، <link xref=\"get-involved\">کمک " +"به بهبود این راهنما</link>، <link xref=\"help-mailing-list\">فهرست پستی</link>، <link xref=\"help-irc" +"\">آیآرسی</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/more-help.page:26 +msgid "Get more help" +msgstr "گرفتن کمک بیشتر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35 +msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39 +msgid "Adjust the double-click speed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:41 +msgid "" +"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is " +"too long after the first, you’ll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty " +"pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:55 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-Click Delay</gui> slider to a value you " +"find comfortable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:60 +msgid "" +"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-" +"click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that " +"works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same " +"problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:67 C/mouse-lefthanded.page:57 +msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34 +msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:37 +msgid "Use your mouse left-handed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more " +"comfortable for left-handed use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:44 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:46 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:112 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:148 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Mouse " +"& Touchpad</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:48 C/mouse-sensitivity.page:50 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57 +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:116 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:152 +msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:51 +msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, click to switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:33 +msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, open tabs and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:37 +msgid "Middle-click" +msgstr "کلیک وسط" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:39 +msgid "" +"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually " +"press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don’t have a middle mouse button, you can " +"press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45 +msgid "" +"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You " +"have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to " +"work." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:50 +msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53 +msgid "" +"In applications with scrollbars, left-clicking in the empty space of the bar moves the scroll position " +"directly to that place. Middle-clicking moves up to a single page towards that location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-" +"click. Simply middle-click on the application’s icon, either in the dash on the left, or in the " +"applications overview. The applications overview is displayed using the grid button in the dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:63 +msgid "" +"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link " +"with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:67 +msgid "" +"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new " +"tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, " +"just as if you had double-clicked." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:73 +msgid "" +"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your " +"application’s help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27 C/shell-notifications.page:23 +msgid "2013, 2015" +msgstr "۲۰۱۳۷ ۲۰۱۵" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:36 +msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40 +msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer using the keypad" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42 +msgid "" +"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using " +"the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50 +msgid "" +"You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer against " +"the top-left corner of the screen, by using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> " +"followed by <key>Enter</key>, or by using the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:62 +msgid "" +"Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the <gui>Pointing & Clicking</gui> " +"section, then press <key>Enter</key> to switch the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:67 +msgid "" +"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the " +"keypad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72 +msgid "" +"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have " +"a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</" +"key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a " +"laptop, you can purchase external USB or Bluetooth numeric keypads." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:79 +msgid "" +"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the " +"pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once " +"with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:84 +msgid "" +"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click, sometimes called the <key xref=" +"\"keyboard-key-menu\">Menu</key> key. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus " +"is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-" +"click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:90 +msgid "" +"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The " +"mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:95 +msgid "" +"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the " +"keypad number keys can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:23 +msgid "How to check why your mouse is not working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:26 +msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving" +msgstr "نشانگر موشی حرکت نمیکند" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:31 +msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:32 +msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:36 +msgid "" +"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a " +"PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green " +"mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged " +"in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46 +msgid "Check that the mouse actually works" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:47 +msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:49 +msgid "" +"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it " +"is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the " +"mouse may be broken." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:56 +msgid "Checking wireless mice" +msgstr "بررسی موشیهای بیسیم" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:60 +msgid "" +"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off " +"completely, so you can take it with you without it constantly waking up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:64 +msgid "" +"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See " +"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:67 +msgid "" +"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so " +"might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:74 +msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:79 +msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:84 +msgid "" +"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the " +"same channel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:90 +msgid "" +"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction " +"manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:98 +msgid "" +"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have " +"a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. " +"The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35 +msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39 +msgid "Adjust the speed of the mouse and touchpad" +msgstr "تنظیم سرعت موشی و صفحهلمسی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41 +msgid "" +"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the " +"pointer speed for these devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:53 +msgid "" +"Adjust the <gui>Mouse Speed</gui> or <gui>Touchpad Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is " +"comfortable for you. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device are not the best for " +"the other." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the <gui>Mouse</gui> " +"section is only visible when a mouse is connected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:32 +msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:36 +msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad" +msgstr "کلیک، کشیدن یا لغزش با صفحهلمسی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42 +msgid "<link xref=\"touchscreen-gestures\">Touchscreen gestures</link> are covered separately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:47 +msgid "Tap to click" +msgstr "ضربه برای کلیک" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:49 +msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:60 C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:119 +msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:63 +msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:68 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Tap to click</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74 +msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad." +msgstr "برای کلیک، روی صفحهلمسی بزنید." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:77 +msgid "To double-click, tap twice." +msgstr "برای دوبار کلیک، دو بار بزنید." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80 +msgid "" +"To drag an item, double-tap but don’t lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want " +"it, then lift your finger to drop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:85 +msgid "" +"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, " +"you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method " +"of right-clicking without a second mouse button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:91 +msgid "" +"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by " +"tapping with three fingers at once." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98 +msgid "" +"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your " +"fingers are too close, your computer may think they’re a single finger." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:106 +msgid "Two finger scroll" +msgstr "لغزش دو انگشتی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:108 +msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:123 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Two-finger Scrolling</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:127 +msgid "" +"When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two " +"fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and " +"bottom of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways. " +"Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like " +"one big finger to your touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:135 +msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:141 +msgid "Natural scrolling" +msgstr "لغرش طبیعی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:143 +msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:155 +msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, make sure that the <gui>Touchpad</gui> switch is set to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:159 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Natural Scrolling</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:164 +msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:14 C/mouse-wakeup.page:19 C/screen-shot-record.page:15 C/session-fingerprint.page:21 +#: C/translate.page:13 +msgid "2011" +msgstr "۲۰۱۱" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:27 C/printing-cancel-job.page:22 C/printing-name-location.page:15 +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23 C/shell-apps-favorites.page:22 +msgid "Jana Svarova" +msgstr "یانا سواروا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:34 +msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:37 +msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:39 +msgid "" +"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to “wake up” before they start " +"working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or " +"touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/mouse.page:29 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</" +"link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/mouse.page:36 +msgid "Mouse, Touchpad & Touchscreen" +msgstr "موشی و صفحهٔ لمسی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:47 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Common mouse problems" +msgstr "مشکلات مرسوم موشی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:48 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Common problems" +msgstr "مشکلات مرسوم" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:55 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Mouse tips" +msgstr "نکتهها موشی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/mouse.page:56 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "نکتهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/mouse.page:58 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "نکتهها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:13 +msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be “copy protected”." +msgstr "ممکن است پشتیبانی برای آن قالب پرونده نصب نشده یا آهنگ «ضد رونوشت» باشد." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:17 +msgid "I can’t play the songs I bought from an online music store" +msgstr "نمیتوان آوازهایی که از یک فروشگاه آهنگ برخط خریدم را پخش کنم" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:19 +msgid "" +"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won’t play on your computer, " +"especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS computer and then copied it over." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:21 +msgid "" +"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play " +"a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed — for example, if you want to play " +"MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don’t have support for a given audio format, you should " +"see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for " +"how to install support for that format so that you can play it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:23 +msgid "" +"If you do have support installed for the song’s audio format but still can’t play it, the song might be " +"<em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can " +"play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of " +"this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it — you " +"generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often " +"not supported on Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier " +"Foundation</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:13 +msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward." +msgstr "برای رونوشت آوازها و برداشتن امن آیپاد پس از این کار، از یک پخشکنندهٔ رسانه استفاده کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:17 +msgid "Songs don’t appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it" +msgstr "وقتی آوازهایم را به آیپادم رونوشت میکنم، رویش ظاهر نمیشوند" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:19 +msgid "" +"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the " +"file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview). You must copy songs " +"onto the iPod using the music player — if you copy them across using the file manager, it won’t work " +"because the songs won’t be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs " +"which music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:21 +msgid "" +"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging " +"the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make " +"sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:23 +msgid "" +"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you’re " +"using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is " +"saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the " +"music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the " +"appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will " +"not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an " +"appropriate codec." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:13 +msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them." +msgstr "آیپادهای جدید، پیش از شروع به استفاده، نیاز به برپایی از طریق نرمافزار آیتونز دارند." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:17 +msgid "My new iPod won’t work" +msgstr "آیپاد جدیدم کار نمیکند" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:19 +msgid "" +"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won’t be recognized properly " +"when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the " +"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:21 +msgid "" +"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a " +"few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, " +"<gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/music-player-newipod.page:23 +msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8 +msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:28 +msgid "Sindhu S" +msgstr "سیندو اس" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:38 +msgid "File manager behavior preferences" +msgstr "ترجیحات رفتار مدیر پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39 +msgid "" +"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and " +"the trash behavior. Click the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select " +"<gui>Preferences</gui>, and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:45 +msgid "Behavior" +msgstr "رفتار" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:48 +msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:49 +msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:50 +msgid "" +"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and " +"folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</" +"key> key while clicking to select one or more files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:59 +msgid "Executable text files" +msgstr "پروندههای متنی قابل اجرا" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:60 +msgid "" +"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=" +"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a " +"program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These have " +"extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:67 +msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71 +msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:74 +msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:77 +msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:81 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the " +"selected text file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:91 +msgid "" +"Executable text files are also called <em>scripts</em>. All scripts in the <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/" +"scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</" +"gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the " +"script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:99 +msgid "Navigate to the desired folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:102 +msgid "Select the desired file." +msgstr "پروندهٔ دلخواه را برگزینید." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:105 +msgid "" +"Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the <gui " +"style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:111 +msgid "" +"A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web " +"or <sys>ftp</sys> content." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "File manager trash preferences" +msgstr "ترجیحات زبالهدان مدیر پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:122 +msgid "Trash" +msgstr "زبالهدان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:126 +msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:127 +msgid "" +"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that " +"you would like to empty the trash or delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:26 +msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30 +msgid "Edit folder bookmarks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:32 +msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35 +msgid "Add a bookmark:" +msgstr "افزودن یک نشانک:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:37 +msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:40 +msgid "Click the window menu in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46 +msgid "Delete a bookmark:" +msgstr "حذف یک نشانک:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48 +msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Remove</gui> from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:54 +msgid "Rename a bookmark:" +msgstr "تغییر نام یک نشانک:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:56 +msgid "Right-click on the bookmark in the sidebar and select <gui>Rename…</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:60 +msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:63 +msgid "" +"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two " +"different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you " +"won’t be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the " +"name of the folder it points to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:29 +msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34 +msgid "Browse files on a server or network share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they " +"were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to " +"share files with other people on your local network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:50 +msgid "" +"To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> " +"overview, and click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on " +"your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on " +"the internet, or if you do not see the computer you’re looking for, you can manually connect to a server by " +"typing in its internet/network address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:60 +msgid "Connect to a file server" +msgstr "اتصال به یک کارساز پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61 +msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Other Locations</gui> in the sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:64 +msgid "" +"In <gui>Connect to Server</gui>, enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls" +"\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:69 +msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Connect</gui>. The files on the server will be shown. You can browse the files just as you would " +"for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly " +"in the future." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:82 +msgid "Writing URLs" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84 +msgid "" +"A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location or " +"file on a network. The address is formatted like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:87 +msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89 +msgid "" +"The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the " +"address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server " +"name:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:93 +msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:95 +msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97 +msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:99 +msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103 +msgid "Types of servers" +msgstr "گونههای کارساز" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:105 +msgid "" +"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other " +"servers require you to log in with a username and password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108 +msgid "" +"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP " +"sites, you will probably not be able to delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:111 +msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116 +msgid "" +"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts " +"provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120 +msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122 +msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:129 +msgid "" +"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your " +"network can’t see it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133 +msgid "FTP (with login)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:134 +msgid "" +"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many " +"servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to " +"upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:139 +msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:141 +msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:145 +msgid "Public FTP" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:146 +msgid "" +"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers " +"do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150 +msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:152 +msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154 +msgid "" +"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public " +"username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> " +"method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:161 +msgid "Windows share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162 +msgid "" +"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a " +"Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. " +"If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file " +"manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:167 +msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:169 +msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:173 +msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:174 +msgid "" +"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and " +"to store files on the internet. If the server you’re connecting to supports secure connections, you should " +"choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can’t see your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:179 +msgid "A WebDAV URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:181 +msgid "<sys>dav://example.hostname.com/path</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:192 +msgid "NFS share" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:193 +msgid "" +"UNIX computers traditionally use the Network File System protocol to share files over a local network. With " +"NFS, security is based on the UID of the user accessing the share, so no authentication credentials are " +"needed when connecting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:197 +msgid "A typical NFS share URL looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: example/p +#: C/nautilus-connect.page:199 +msgid "<sys>nfs://servername/path</sys>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-display.page:27 +msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-display.page:31 +msgid "File manager display preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:33 +msgid "" +"You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click the menu button in the top-right " +"corner of the window and select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Views</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-display.page:38 +msgid "Icon captions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/nautilus-display.page:41 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:42 +msgid "File manager icons with captions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:44 +msgid "" +"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a " +"caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it " +"was last modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:48 +msgid "" +"You can zoom in a folder by clicking the view options button in the toolbar and choosing a zoom level with " +"the slider. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can " +"choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last " +"will only be shown at very large sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:54 +msgid "" +"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you can use in list view. See " +"<link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-display.page:61 +msgid "List View" +msgstr "نمای فهرستی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-display.page:63 +msgid "" +"When viewing files as a list, you can <gui>Allow folders to be expanded</gui>. This shows expanders on each " +"directory in the file list, so that the contents of several folders can be shown at once. This is useful if " +"the folder structure is relevant, such as if your music files are organized with a folder per artist, and a " +"subfolder per album." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26 +msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:31 +msgid "File properties" +msgstr "ترجیحات پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33 +msgid "" +"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also " +"select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:37 +msgid "" +"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you " +"last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-" +"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:43 +msgid "" +"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link xref=" +"\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default" +"\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an " +"extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51 +msgid "Basic properties" +msgstr "عملیات پایه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:54 +msgid "<gui>Name</gui>" +msgstr "<gui>نام</gui>" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55 +msgid "" +"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. " +"See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:60 +msgid "<gui>Type</gui>" +msgstr "<gui>گونه</gui>" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61 +msgid "" +"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The " +"file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can’t open " +"a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66 +msgid "" +"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use " +"to refer to the file type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71 +msgid "Contents" +msgstr "محتویات" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72 +msgid "" +"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you " +"see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted " +"as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is " +"empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77 +msgid "" +"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much " +"disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in " +"an email (big files take longer to send/receive)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78 +msgid "" +"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be " +"given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82 +msgid "Parent Folder" +msgstr "شاخهٔ والد" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83 +msgid "" +"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique " +"“address” of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to " +"find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its parent " +"folder would be <file>/home/jim</file> and its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:92 +msgid "Free Space" +msgstr "فضای خالی" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93 +msgid "" +"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that " +"the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:99 C/nautilus-list.page:140 +msgid "Accessed" +msgstr "دسترسی" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:100 +msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:104 C/nautilus-list.page:72 +msgid "Modified" +msgstr "تغییریافته" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:105 +msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15 +msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33 +msgid "Set file permissions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the " +"permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</" +"gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:39 +msgid "" +"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you " +"can set." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:45 +msgid "" +"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For " +"your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file " +"to read-only if you don’t want to accidentally change it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:50 +msgid "" +"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their " +"own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used " +"for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the " +"file’s group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file’s group to " +"a group you belong to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:58 +msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file’s group." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:61 +msgid "" +"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to " +"run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask " +"you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:69 +msgid "Folders" +msgstr "شاخهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70 +msgid "" +"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file " +"permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:73 +msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:77 +msgctxt "permission" +msgid "None" +msgstr "هیچکدام" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:78 +msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:82 +msgid "List files only" +msgstr "فقط فهرست پروندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:83 +msgid "" +"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete " +"files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87 +msgid "Access files" +msgstr "دسترسی به پروندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:88 +msgid "" +"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular " +"file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:93 +msgid "Create and delete files" +msgstr "ساخت و حذف پروندهها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:94 +msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:99 +msgid "" +"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change " +"Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files " +"or folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as " +"well, to any depth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-list.page:37 +msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-list.page:40 +msgid "Files list columns preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:42 +msgid "" +"There are eleven columns of information that you can display in the <gui>Files</gui> list view. Click the " +"menu button in the top-right corner of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List " +"Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:48 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected " +"columns will appear. Click <gui>Reset to Default</gui> to undo any changes and return to the default " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:56 +msgid "The name of folders and files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:58 +msgid "The <gui>Name</gui> column cannot be hidden." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:63 +msgid "" +"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given " +"as bytes, KB, or MB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:68 +msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:73 +msgid "Gives the date of the last time the file was modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:76 +msgid "Owner" +msgstr "مالک" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:77 +msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:80 +msgid "Group" +msgstr "گروه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:81 +msgid "" +"The group the file is owned by. Each user is normally in their own group, but it is possible to have many " +"users in one group. For example, a department may have their own group in a work environment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:86 +msgid "Permissions" +msgstr "اجازهها" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:87 +msgid "Displays the file access permissions. For example, <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:91 +msgid "" +"The first character is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory " +"(folder). In rare cases, other characters can also be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:96 +msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:100 +msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:104 +msgid "" +"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:108 +msgid "Each permission has the following meanings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:111 +msgid "<gui>r</gui>: readable, meaning that you can open the file or folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:115 +msgid "<gui>w</gui>: writable, meaning that you can save changes to it" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:118 +msgid "" +"<gui>x</gui>: executable, meaning that you can run it if it is a program or script file, or you can access " +"subfolders and files if it is a folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:123 +msgid "<gui>-</gui>: permission not set" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:128 +msgid "MIME Type" +msgstr "گونهٔ MIME" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:129 +msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:132 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "موقعیت" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:133 +msgid "The path to the location of the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-list.page:136 +msgid "Modified — Time" +msgstr "تغییر یافته — زمان" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:137 +msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-list.page:141 +msgid "Gives the date or time of the last time the file was modified." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11 +msgid "View and set preferences for the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16 +msgid "File manager preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27 +msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30 +msgid "File manager preview preferences" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:32 +msgid "" +"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow " +"for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click the menu button in the " +"top-right of the window, select <gui>Preferences</gui>, then select the <gui>Search & Preview</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40 +msgid "<gui>Files</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:41 +msgid "" +"By default, all previews are done for <gui>Files on this computer only</gui>, those on your computer or " +"connected external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>All Files</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file " +"manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area " +"network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high " +"bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to <gui>All Files</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting to limit the size of files " +"previewed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:53 +msgid "<gui>File count</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:54 +msgid "" +"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-" +"display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and " +"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a " +"network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-preview.page:59 +msgid "" +"You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external " +"drives." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/nautilus-views.page:38 +msgid "Specify the default sort order and grouping for the file manager." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:43 +msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:45 +msgid "" +"You can change how files and folders are grouped and sorted by default. Press the menu button in the top-" +"right corner of the window, select <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui>, and then select the <gui " +"style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/nautilus-views.page:51 +msgid "Default view" +msgstr "نمای پیشگزیده" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:54 +msgid "Arrange items" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the view selector +#. button that opens the view popover in the main window for 'View options' +#: C/nautilus-views.page:57 +msgid "" +"You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by clicking " +"the view options menu button in the toolbar and choosing the desired option under <gui>Sort</gui>, or by " +"clicking the list column headers in list view." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/nautilus-views.page:64 +msgid "Sort folders before files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/nautilus-views.page:65 +msgid "" +"By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before " +"files, enable this option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-antivirus.page:18 +msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don’t need anti-virus software." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-antivirus.page:22 +msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all " +"of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that " +"might find their way onto your computer and cause problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:29 +msgid "" +"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don’t need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux " +"are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating " +"systems, so no one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and " +"security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:36 +msgid "" +"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don’t really need to worry about them at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-antivirus.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between " +"yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the " +"software installer or search online; a number of applications are available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-browser.page:12 C/net-email.page:12 C/net-general.page:12 C/net-problem.page:12 +#: C/net-security.page:12 C/net-wired.page:17 C/net-wireless.page:22 +msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-browser.page:17 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash" +"\">install Flash</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">تعویض مرورگر وب پیشگزیده</link>، <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">نصب " +"فلش</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-browser.page:23 +msgid "Web browsers" +msgstr "مرورگرهای وب" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-default-browser.page:28 +msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-default-browser.page:31 +msgid "Change which web browser opens websites by default" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that " +"page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you " +"wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:47 C/net-default-email.page:48 +msgid "Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:51 +msgid "Choose which web browser you would like to open links by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-browser.page:56 +msgid "" +"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it’s not the default browser any more. If " +"this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself as the " +"default browser again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-default-email.page:28 +msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in <gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-default-email.page:31 +msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-default-email.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), " +"your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. However, if you " +"have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this " +"by changing which one is the default email application:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-default-email.page:52 +msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-email-virus.page:21 +msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-email-virus.page:25 +msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:27 +msgid "" +"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way " +"of them getting onto your computer is through email messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:31 +msgid "" +"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus" +"\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden " +"in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don’t need to scan your " +"email for viruses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-email-virus.page:37 +msgid "" +"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person " +"to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-" +"infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second " +"friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent " +"this, but it’s unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of " +"their own anyway." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-email.page:15 C/net-general.page:15 +msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project" +msgstr "پروژهٔ مستندسازی گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-email.page:25 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>, <link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Should I scan " +"for viruses?</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-default-email\">کارههای رایانامهٔ پیشگزیده</link>، <link xref=\"net-email-virus\">آیا باید " +"نگران ویروسها باشم؟</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-email.page:31 +msgid "Email & email software" +msgstr "رایانامه و برنامههای رایانامه" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-findip.page:33 +msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-findip.page:36 +msgid "Find your IP address" +msgstr "یافتن نشانی آیپیتان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-findip.page:38 +msgid "" +"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be " +"surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal " +"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-findip.page:44 +msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address" +msgstr "یافتن نشانی آیپی داخلیتان (در شبکه)" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:46 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:49 C/net-macaddress.page:49 C/net-othersconnect.page:46 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:66 C/net-proxy.page:64 C/net-vpn-connect.page:62 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Network</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:50 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:53 C/net-macaddress.page:53 C/net-othersconnect.page:50 +#: C/net-othersedit.page:70 C/net-proxy.page:68 C/net-vpn-connect.page:66 +msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:53 +msgid "Choose which connection, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:55 +msgid "The IP address for a wired connection will be displayed on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/net-findip.page:59 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:58 C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:61 C/net-macaddress.page:62 +#: C/net-manual.page:55 C/net-manual.page:58 C/net-othersconnect.page:57 C/net-othersedit.page:77 +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:95 C/net-wired-connect.page:37 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 +msgid "settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the IP address for the wireless network in the <gui>Details</gui> " +"panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-findip.page:66 +msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:68 +msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-findip.page:72 +msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-findip.page:76 +msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these addresses may be the same." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:20 +msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23 +msgid "Enable or block firewall access" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35 +msgid "" +"Your system should be equipped with a <em>firewall</em> that allows it to block programs from being " +"accessed by other people on the internet or your network. This helps to keep your computer secure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39 +msgid "" +"Many applications can use your network connection. For instance, you can share files or let someone view " +"your desktop remotely when connected to a network. Depending on how your computer is set up, you may need " +"to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44 +msgid "" +"Each program that provides network services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable other " +"computers on the network to access a service, you may need to “open” its assigned port on the firewall:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:51 +msgid "" +"Go to <gui>Activities</gui> in the top left corner of the screen and start your firewall application. You " +"may need to install a firewall manager yourself if you can’t find one (for example, Firestarter or GUFW)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:57 +msgid "" +"Open or disable the port for your network service, depending on whether you want people to be able to " +"access it or not. Which port you need to change will <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">depend on the " +"service</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:63 +msgid "Save or apply the changes, following any additional instructions given by the firewall tool." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19 +msgid "" +"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your " +"firewall." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:23 +msgid "Commonly-used network ports" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:25 +msgid "" +"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file " +"sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system’s firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off" +"\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table " +"isn’t complete." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:35 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "درگاه" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:41 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "شرح" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:48 +msgid "5353/udp" +msgstr "5353/udp" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51 +msgid "mDNS, Avahi" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54 +msgid "" +"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify " +"the details manually." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:60 +msgid "631/udp" +msgstr "631/udp" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:63 C/net-firewall-ports.page:74 C/printing.page:28 +msgid "Printing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:66 +msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:71 +msgid "631/tcp" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:77 +msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83 +msgid "5298/tcp" +msgstr "5298/tcp" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86 +msgid "Presence" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89 +msgid "" +"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as “online” or " +"“busy”." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95 +msgid "5900/tcp" +msgstr "5900/tcp" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98 +msgid "Remote desktop" +msgstr "میزکار دوردست" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101 +msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:107 +msgid "3689/tcp" +msgstr "3689/tcp" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:110 +msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)" +msgstr "همرسانی آهنگ (DAAP)" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:113 +msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32 +msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:36 +msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:38 +msgid "" +"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and " +"other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but " +"you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for " +"example, if it is a file server)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:47 +msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:56 +msgid "" +"Find the network connection that you want to have a fixed address. Click the <_:media-1/> button next to " +"the network connection. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-2/> button will be located next to " +"the active network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:65 C/net-manual.page:63 +msgid "" +"Select the <gui>IPv4</gui> or <gui>IPv6</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:69 C/net-manual.page:67 +msgid "" +"Type in the <gui xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the " +"appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:73 C/net-manual.page:71 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the IP address of a DNS " +"server you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the <gui>+</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:78 C/net-manual.page:76 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch the <gui>Automatic</gui> switch to off. Enter the <gui>Address</" +"gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use. Enter " +"additional routes using the <gui>+</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:84 +msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-general.page:21 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA " +"security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</" +"link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-findip\">یافتن نشانی آیپیتان</link>، <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & امنیت " +"WPA</link>، <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">نشانیهای مک</link>، <link xref=\"net-proxy\">پیشکارها</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-general.page:29 +msgid "Networking terms & tips" +msgstr "عبارتها و نکتههای شبکهای" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-install-flash.page:19 +msgid "" +"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and " +"interactive web pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:23 +msgid "Install the Flash plug-in" +msgstr "نصب افزایهٔ فلش" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:25 +msgid "" +"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use " +"interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won’t work without Flash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:34 +msgid "" +"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website " +"that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers. Most " +"Linux distributions have a version of Flash that you can install through their software installer (package " +"manager) too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:41 +msgid "If Flash is available from the software installer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:43 +msgid "Open the software installer application and search for <input>flash</input>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:47 +msgid "" +"Look for the <gui>Adobe Flash plug-in</gui>, <gui>Adobe Flash Player</gui> or similar and click to install " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:51 +msgid "" +"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should realize " +"that Flash is installed when you open it again and you should now be able to view websites using Flash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:59 +msgid "If Flash <em>is not</em> available from the software installer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:62 +msgid "" +"Go to the <link href=\"http://get.adobe.com/flashplayer\">Flash Player download website</link>. Your " +"browser and operating system should be automatically detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:67 +msgid "" +"Click where it says <gui>Select version to download</gui> and choose the type of software installer that " +"works for your Linux distribution. If you don’t know which to use, choose the <file>.tar.gz</file> option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:72 +msgid "" +"Look at the <link href=\"http://kb2.adobe.com/cps/153/tn_15380.html\">installation instructions for Flash</" +"link> to learn how to install it for your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-install-flash.page:80 +msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash" +msgstr "جایگزینهای ازاد برای فلش" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:82 +msgid "" +"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the " +"Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for " +"example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:88 +msgid "" +"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to " +"use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:94 +msgid "LightSpark" +msgstr "لایتاسپارک" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-install-flash.page:97 +msgid "Gnash" +msgstr "گنش" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-macaddress.page:32 +msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-macaddress.page:35 +msgid "What is a MAC address?" +msgstr "نشانی مک چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:37 +msgid "" +"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network " +"hardware (like a wireless card or an ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each " +"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:42 +msgid "" +"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</" +"code> is an example of a MAC address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:45 +msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:56 +msgid "Choose which device, <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui>, from the left pane." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:58 +msgid "" +"The MAC address for the wired device will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:61 +msgid "" +"Click the <_:media-1/> button to see the MAC address for the wireless device displayed as the <gui>Hardware " +"Address</gui> in the <gui>Details</gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-macaddress.page:68 +msgid "" +"In practice, you may need to modify or “spoof” a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers " +"may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, " +"and you need to swap a new card in, the service won’t work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof " +"the MAC address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-manual.page:25 +msgid "You may have to enter network settings if they don’t get assigned automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-manual.page:30 +msgid "Manually set network settings" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-manual.page:32 +msgid "" +"If your network doesn’t automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually " +"enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, " +"you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-manual.page:39 +msgid "To manually set your network settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:48 +msgid "" +"If you plug in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Network</gui>. Otherwise click <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:50 +msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:54 +msgid "Click the <_:media-1/>button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-manual.page:57 +msgid "For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <_:media-1/> button will be located next to the active network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-manual.page:82 +msgid "" +"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, open the <gui xref=\"shell-" +"introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar and connect. Test the " +"network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-mobile.page:28 +msgid "Use your phone or Internet stick to connect to the mobile broadband network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-mobile.page:33 +msgid "Connect to mobile broadband" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can set up a connection to a cellular (3G) network with your computer’s built-in 3G modem, your mobile " +"phone, or an Internet stick." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:39 +msgid "" +"Most phones have a setting called <link xref=\"net-tethering\">USB tethering</link> that requires no setup " +"on the computer, and is generally the better method to connect to the cellular network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:45 +msgid "" +"If you do not have a built-in 3G modem, connect your phone or Internet stick to a USB port on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:53 +msgid "" +"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Mobile Broadband Off</gui>. The <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> section of the menu " +"will expand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:58 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> does not appear in the system menu, ensure that your device is not set to " +"connect as Mass Storage." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:62 +msgid "" +"Select <gui>Connect</gui>. If you are connecting for the first time, the <gui>Set up a Mobile Broadband " +"Connection</gui> wizard is launched. The opening screen displays a list of required information. Click <gui " +"style=\"button\">Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:66 +msgid "Choose your provider’s country or region from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:68 +msgid "Choose your provider from the list. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:70 +msgid "" +"Select a plan according to the type of device you are connecting. This will determine the Access Point " +"Name. Click <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-mobile.page:73 +msgid "" +"Confirm the settings you have selected by clicking <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui>. The wizard will close " +"and the <gui>Network</gui> panel will display the properties of your connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:29 +msgid "" +"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer " +"will be able to connect to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32 +msgid "Other users can’t connect to the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:40 +msgid "" +"When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use it. If " +"the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:53 C/net-othersedit.page:73 +msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:56 C/net-othersedit.page:76 +msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button to open the connection details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:61 C/net-othersedit.page:81 +msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the pane on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:64 C/net-othersedit.page:84 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make available to other users</gui> option " +"to allow other users to use the network connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:69 C/net-othersedit.page:89 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:73 +msgid "" +"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-othersconnect.page:77 +msgid "Any user can change this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-othersedit.page:29 +msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-othersedit.page:32 +msgid "Other users can’t edit the network connections" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-othersedit.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can’t, you may have set the " +"connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can " +"<em>connect</em> using that connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-problem.page:17 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-" +"wireless-find\">finding your Wi-Fi network</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">رفع اشکال اتّصالات بیسیم</link>، <link xref=\"net-wireless-find" +"\">یافتن شبکهٔ وایفایتان</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-problem.page:23 +msgid "Network problems" +msgstr "مشکلات شبکه" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-proxy.page:37 +msgid "" +"A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously, for " +"control or security purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:40 +msgid "Define proxy settings" +msgstr "تعریف تنظیمات پیشکار" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:43 +msgid "What is a proxy?" +msgstr "پیشکار چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:45 +msgid "" +"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receives requests from your web browser to fetch " +"web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly " +"used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you " +"from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-proxy.page:55 +msgid "Change proxy method" +msgstr "تعویض روش پیشکار" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:71 +msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:74 +msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-proxy.page:77 +msgctxt "proxy" +msgid "None" +msgstr "هیچکدام" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:78 +msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-proxy.page:82 +msgid "Manual" +msgstr "دستی" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:83 +msgid "" +"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are " +"<gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: title/gui +#: C/net-proxy.page:88 +msgid "Automatic" +msgstr "خوکار" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:89 +msgid "A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-proxy.page:96 +msgid "Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-security-tips.page:13 +msgid "Steven Richards" +msgstr "استیون ریچاردز" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-security-tips.page:19 +msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-security-tips.page:22 +msgid "Staying safe on the internet" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:24 +msgid "" +"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason that " +"Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses " +"are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux is " +"also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security " +"features included with each distribution." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:32 +msgid "" +"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is secure, there are always " +"vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:38 +msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:42 +msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:45 +msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:49 +msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:54 +msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:58 +msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:62 +msgid "" +"If a website’s offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then " +"think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is " +"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:68 +msgid "" +"Be careful in providing <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link> to any application, " +"especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing anyone or anything " +"with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-security-tips.page:75 +msgid "" +"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, " +"but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-" +"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-security.page:17 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</" +"link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">firewall ports</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">نرمافزارهای پادویروس</link>، <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">دیوارههای " +"آتشین پایه</link>، <link xref=\"net-firewall-ports\">درگاههای دیوارهٔ آتشین</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-security.page:24 +msgid "Keeping safe on the internet" +msgstr "امن ماندن روی اینترنت" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-slow.page:19 +msgid "" +"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-slow.page:23 +msgid "The internet seems slow" +msgstr "اینترنت کند به نظر میرسد" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-slow.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the " +"slow down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-slow.page:28 +msgid "" +"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then " +"reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:34 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:35 +msgid "" +"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several " +"households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the " +"connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the " +"case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-" +"down. You’re most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in " +"the evenings, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:45 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:46 +msgid "" +"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching " +"videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will " +"feel slower." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:52 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:53 +msgid "" +"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If " +"you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply " +"unreliable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:59 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:60 +msgid "" +"If you are connected to the internet by wireless (Wi-Fi), check the network icon on the top bar to see if " +"you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don’t have a very strong signal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:66 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:67 +msgid "" +"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where " +"signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast " +"“mobile broadband” connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:74 +msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-slow.page:75 +msgid "" +"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of " +"reasons — you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the " +"browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser’s windows and then opening the " +"browser again to see if this makes a difference." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:28 +msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:32 +msgid "Connect to a VPN" +msgstr "وصل شدن به ویپیان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34 +msgid "" +"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. " +"For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you’re on a business " +"trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your " +"workplace’s VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual " +"network connection would be through the hotel’s internet connection. VPN connections are usually " +"<em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you’re connecting to without logging " +"in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:44 +msgid "" +"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what " +"type of VPN you’re connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and " +"see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, go to the software installer application and search " +"for the <app>NetworkManager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:52 +msgid "" +"If there isn’t a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and " +"install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You’ll probably have to " +"follow some different instructions to get that working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:58 +msgid "To set up the VPN connection:" +msgstr "برای برپایی اتّصال ویپیان:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:69 +msgid "At the bottom of the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:73 +msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:76 +msgid "Choose which kind of VPN connection you have." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:79 +msgid "Fill in the VPN connection details, then press <gui>Add</gui> once you are finished." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:83 +msgid "" +"When you have finished setting up the VPN, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system " +"menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar, click <gui>VPN off</gui> and select <gui>Connect</gui>. You " +"may need to enter a password for the connection before it is established. Once the connection is made, you " +"will see a lock shaped icon in the top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:91 +msgid "" +"Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings " +"you entered. You can do this from the <gui>Network</gui> panel that you used to create the connection. " +"Select the VPN connection from the list, then press the <_:media-1/> button to review the settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:98 +msgid "" +"To disconnect from the VPN, click the system menu on the top bar and click <gui>Turn Off</gui> under the " +"name of your VPN connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:22 +msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25 +msgid "What is an IP address?" +msgstr "نشانی آیپی چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27 +msgid "" +"“IP address” stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network " +"(like the internet) has one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:30 +msgid "" +"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies " +"your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that " +"identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:35 +msgid "" +"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. " +"<code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:40 +msgid "" +"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily " +"assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. " +"Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses — static addresses are typically only used when " +"there is a special need for them, such as in the administration of a server." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:25 +msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29 +msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:33 +msgid "" +"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The wired network " +"icon (<_:media-1/>) is displayed on the top bar with three dots while the connection is being established. " +"The dots disappear when you are connected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:41 +msgid "" +"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end " +"of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other " +"end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup " +"you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:49 +msgid "" +"You cannot plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some " +"extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wired-connect.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you will " +"have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wired.page:11 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address" +"\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">اتّصالهای اینترنتی سیمی</link>، <link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">نشانیّای " +"آیپی ثابت</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wired.page:22 +msgid "Wired networking" +msgstr "شبکهٔ سیمی" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27 +msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:33 +msgid "Create a wireless hotspot" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a " +"separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you’ve made with another interface, such " +"as to a wired network or over the cellular network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:56 +msgid "" +"Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui> or the name of the wireless network to which you are " +"already connected. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:62 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:49 +msgid "Click <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:63 +msgid "" +"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Turn On Wi-Fi Hotspot…</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that " +"network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn On</" +"gui> to confirm." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:71 +msgid "" +"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the " +"name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you’ve just " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30 +msgid "Open Network Settings and switch Airplane Mode to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:34 +msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), " +"you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to " +"save battery power, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:42 +msgid "" +"Using <em>Airplane Mode</em> will completely turn off all wireless connections, including Wi-Fi, 3G and " +"Bluetooth connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:46 +msgid "To turn on airplane mode:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:50 C/net-wrongnetwork.page:41 C/power-nowireless.page:50 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wi-Fi</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:54 C/power-nowireless.page:54 +msgid "Click on <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:57 +msgid "" +"Switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you " +"disable airplane mode again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:63 +msgid "" +"You can turn off your Wi-Fi connection from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</" +"gui> by clicking on the connection name and choosing <gui>Turn Off</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:25 +msgid "Get on the internet — wirelessly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:29 +msgid "Connect to a wireless network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:31 +msgid "" +"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get " +"access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:41 C/net-wireless-hidden.page:44 +msgid "Select <gui><_:media-1/> Wi-Fi Not Connected</gui>. The Wi-Fi section of the menu will expand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46 +msgid "Click <gui>Select Network</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:49 +msgid "Click the name of the network you want, then click <gui>Connect</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:51 +msgid "" +"If the name of the network is not in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is " +"further down the list. If you still do not see the network, you may be out of range, or the network <link " +"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:57 +msgid "" +"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter " +"the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:60 +msgid "" +"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, or " +"in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:65 +msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:69 +msgid "" +"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several curved bars above it (<_:" +"media-1/>). More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. Fewer bars mean the connection is " +"weaker and might not be very reliable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:77 +msgid "" +"If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you " +"that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to " +"happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your " +"computer’s wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/" +"> for more help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:84 +msgid "" +"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet " +"connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to " +"the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two " +"connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:24 +msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:29 +msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:31 +msgid "" +"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay " +"connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network " +"icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, " +"especially if you were using the internet at the time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:38 +msgid "Weak wireless signal" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:40 +msgid "" +"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless " +"networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be " +"able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the " +"base station can also weaken the signal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:46 +msgid "" +"The network icon on the top bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try " +"moving closer to the wireless base station." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:52 +msgid "Network connection not being established properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:54 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at " +"first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only " +"partially successful in connecting to the network — it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to " +"finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:61 +msgid "" +"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not " +"allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:68 +msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:70 +msgid "" +"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless " +"cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, " +"but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from " +"time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting " +"some different hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:80 +msgid "Busy wireless networks" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:82 +msgid "" +"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers " +"trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all " +"of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23 +msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, or you may be trying to connect to a hidden network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27 +msgid "I can’t see my wireless network in the list" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:29 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of " +"available networks from the system menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:34 +msgid "" +"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-" +"wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:48 +msgid "" +"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if " +"the network appears in the list after a while." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:53 +msgid "" +"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a " +"different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-find.page:58 +msgid "" +"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</" +"link> if it is a hidden network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:27 +msgid "Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:32 +msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:34 +msgid "" +"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is “hidden.” Hidden networks won’t show up in the " +"list of wireless networks displayed in the <gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden wireless " +"network:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:51 +msgid "" +"Press the menu button in the top-right corner of the window and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Network…</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:54 +msgid "" +"In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the <gui>Connection</gui> " +"drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:59 +msgid "" +"For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the <gui>Wi-Fi " +"security</gui> drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:63 +msgid "Enter the password or other security details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:66 +msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:70 +msgid "" +"You may have to check the settings of the wireless access point or router to see what the network name is. " +"If you don’t have the network name (SSID), you can use the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier, " +"the access point’s MAC address), which looks something like <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui> and can usually be " +"found on the underside of the access point." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:76 +msgid "" +"You should also check the security settings for the wireless access point. Look for terms like WEP and WPA." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:80 +msgid "" +"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don’t know " +"about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it " +"is still detectable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:18 +msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:22 +msgid "I’ve entered the correct password, but I still can’t connect" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you’re sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but " +"you still can’t successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:28 +msgid "Double-check that you have the correct password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:29 +msgid "" +"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that " +"you didn’t get the case of one of the letters wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:33 +msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:34 +msgid "" +"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way — as a string of characters in " +"hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If " +"you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make " +"sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, " +"select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you’re typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:38 +msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:39 +msgid "" +"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won’t connect. Try turning " +"the card off and then on again to reset it — see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:43 +msgid "Check that you’re using the correct type of wireless security" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:44 +msgid "" +"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. " +"Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected " +"by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don’t know which one it is, use trial and " +"error to go through the different options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:48 +msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:49 +msgid "" +"Some wireless cards aren’t supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can’t " +"connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative " +"wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</" +"em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:16 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:15 +msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:24 +msgid "" +"Some device drivers don’t work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:28 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:28 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:29 C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:27 +msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:30 +msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:34 +msgid "" +"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A " +"<em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work " +"properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers " +"which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try " +"some of the options below:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43 +msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:45 +msgid "" +"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists " +"provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list " +"for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/" +"WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/" +"Wireless_network_configuration\">Arch</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers" +"\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSUSE</link>) and see " +"if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there " +"to get your wireless drivers working." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58 +msgid "Look for restricted (binary) drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59 +msgid "" +"Many Linux distributions only come with device drivers which are <em>free</em> and <em>open source</em>. " +"This is because they cannot distribute drivers which are proprietary, or closed-source. If the correct " +"driver for your wireless adapter is only available in a non-free, or “binary-only” version, it may not be " +"installed by default. If this is the case, look on the wireless adapter manufacturer’s website to see if " +"they have any Linux drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:66 +msgid "" +"Some Linux distributions have a tool that can download restricted drivers for you. If your distribution has " +"one of these, use it to see if it can find any wireless drivers for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:71 +msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:72 +msgid "" +"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another " +"operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless " +"adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use " +"some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows " +"drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how " +"to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page" +"\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:85 +msgid "" +"If none of these options work, you may want to try a different wireless adapter to see if you can get that " +"working. USB wireless adapters are often quite cheap, and will plug into any computer. You should check " +"that the adapter is compatible with your Linux distribution before buying it, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24 +msgid "" +"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:28 +msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:29 +msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:31 +msgid "" +"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network " +"device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:37 +msgid "" +"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error " +"message, you may need to install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:42 +msgid "" +"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your " +"wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"*-network\n" +" description: Wireless interface\n" +" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n" +" vendor: Intel Corporation" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51 +msgid "" +"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers" +"\">Device Drivers step</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54 +msgid "" +"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that " +"you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has " +"(<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</" +"link>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:63 +msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65 +msgid "" +"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To " +"check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:71 +msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:74 +msgid "" +"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code> " +"or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to " +"your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> " +"or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:84 +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:117 +msgid "" +"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-" +"device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your wireless adapter, " +"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:95 +msgid "USB wireless adapter" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:97 +msgid "" +"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a " +"USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless " +"(Wi-Fi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a " +"3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:106 +msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:109 +msgid "" +"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network " +"device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, " +"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might " +"look like:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:128 +msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:130 +msgid "" +"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are " +"more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:136 +msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:140 +msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/code +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "tail -f /var/log/messages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:143 +msgid "" +"This will display a list of messages related to your computer’s hardware, and will automatically update if " +"anything to do with your hardware changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:148 +msgid "" +"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes " +"should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:154 +msgid "" +"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After " +"you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:159 +msgid "" +"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-" +"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn’t find anything related to your " +"wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:169 +msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:171 +msgid "" +"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may " +"not be installed for it. How you check to see if there are any drivers you can install will depend on which " +"Linux distribution you are using (like Ubuntu, Arch, Fedora or openSUSE)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:176 +msgid "" +"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution’s website. These might include " +"mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24 +msgid "" +"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:29 +msgid "Gather information about your network hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:31 +msgid "" +"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many " +"wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a " +"note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, " +"like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:40 +msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:44 +msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48 +msgid "" +"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can " +"usually be found on the underside or reverse of the device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:53 +msgid "" +"Any version or revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. " +"These can be especially helpful, so look carefully." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:58 +msgid "" +"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its “firmware” version, or the " +"components (chipset) it uses." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:63 +msgid "" +"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download " +"software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet " +"network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:69 +msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:25 +msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30 +msgid "Perform an initial connection check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:32 +msgid "" +"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make " +"sure that your networking problem isn’t caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection " +"being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39 +msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43 +msgid "" +"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your " +"laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:48 +msgid "" +"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if " +"it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard " +"keys." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:54 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the right side of the top bar " +"and select the Wi-Fi network, then select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>. Make sure that the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> " +"switch is set to on. You should also check that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode</link> " +"is <em>not</em> switched on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:62 +msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:64 +msgid "" +"This will display information about your network interfaces and connection status. Look down the list of " +"information and see if there is an item related to the wireless network adapter. If the state is " +"<code>connected</code>, it means that the adapter is working and connected to your wireless router." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:72 +msgid "" +"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not " +"be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. " +"Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for " +"support." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:78 +msgid "" +"If the information from <cmd>nmcli device</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, " +"click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24 +msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:29 +msgid "" +"This is a step-by-step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot " +"connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33 +msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:38 +msgid "Performing an initial check" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41 +msgid "Gathering information about your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:44 +msgid "Checking your hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:47 +msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:50 +msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:54 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it " +"on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:59 +msgid "Using the command line" +msgstr "استفاده از خط فرمان" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:60 +msgid "" +"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). " +"You can find the <app>Terminal</app> application in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:63 +msgid "" +"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don’t worry — this guide will direct you at each step. " +"All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as " +"they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:20 +msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23 +msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:25 +msgid "" +"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless " +"connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can “listen in” to it and look at " +"which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA " +"stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:32 +msgid "" +"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these " +"standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your " +"wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wireless.page:15 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to Wi-Fi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">hidden " +"networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Wi-Fi disconnecting</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">وصل شدن به وایفای</link>، <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">شبکههای " +"نهفته</link>، <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">قطع شدن از وایفای</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wireless.page:33 +msgid "Wireless networking" +msgstr "شبکهٔ بیسیم" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:26 +msgid "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:31 +msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network" +msgstr "رایانهام به شبکهای اشتباهی وصل میشود" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you turn your computer on, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that " +"you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to a network that you do not want to connect to, " +"follow the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:39 +msgid "To forget a wireless connection:" +msgstr "برای فراموش کردن یک اتّصال بیسیم:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:45 +msgid "Find the network that you <em>do not</em> want it to keep connecting to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:48 +msgid "Click the <_:media-1/> button located next to the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:51 +msgid "" +"Click the <gui>Forget Connection</gui> button. Your computer will not try to connect to that network any " +"more." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:56 +msgid "" +"If you later want to connect to the network that your computer just forgot, follow the steps in <link xref=" +"\"net-wireless-connect\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/net.page:20 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem" +"\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email" +"\">email accounts</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">بیسیم</link>، <link xref=\"net-wired\">سیمی</link>، <link xref=\"net-problem" +"\">مشکلات اتّصال</link>، <link xref=\"net-browser\">مرور وب</link>، <link xref=\"net-email\">حسابهای " +"رایانامه</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/net.page:45 +msgid "Networking, web & email" +msgstr "شبکه، وب و رایانامه" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:15 C/power-autosuspend.page:17 C/power-status.page:16 C/power-wireless.page:16 +msgid "2016" +msgstr "۲۰۱۶" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:20 +msgid "Automatically control screen brightness to reduce battery use." +msgstr "برای کاهش استفادهٔ باتری، روشنایی صفحه را به صورت خودکار واپایش کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:23 +msgid "Enable automatic brightness" +msgstr "به کار انداختن روشنایی خودکار" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:25 +msgid "" +"If your computer has an integrated light sensor, it can be used to automatically control screen brightness. " +"This ensures that the screen is always easy to see in different ambient light conditions, and helps to " +"reduce battery consumption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:40 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section, ensure that the <gui>Automatic brightness</gui> switch is set to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-autobrightness.page:46 +msgid "To disable automatic screen brightness, switch it to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:22 +msgid "Configure your computer to suspend automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:25 +msgid "Set up automatic suspend" +msgstr "برپایی تعلیق خودکار" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:27 +msgid "" +"You can configure your computer to automatically suspend when idle. Different intervals can be specified " +"for running on battery or plugged in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:40 +msgid "In the <gui>Suspend & Power Button</gui> section, click <gui>Automatic suspend</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:44 +msgid "" +"Choose <gui>On Battery Power</gui> or <gui>Plugged In</gui>, set the switch to on, and select a <gui>Delay</" +"gui>. Both options can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-autosuspend.page:49 +msgid "On a desktop computer, there is one option labeled <gui>When Idle</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:12 +msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:34 +msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36 +msgid "" +"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is " +"different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can " +"only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:41 +msgid "" +"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the " +"amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many " +"programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like " +"watching high-definition video or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, " +"and is difficult to predict." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:48 +msgid "" +"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. " +"Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life " +"can be made." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52 +msgid "" +"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to " +"make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:57 +msgid "" +"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is " +"probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:60 +msgid "" +"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge " +"again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batterylife.page:38 +msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:41 +msgid "Use less power and improve battery life" +msgstr "استفاده از نیروی کمتر و بهبود عمر باتری" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:43 +msgid "" +"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy " +"bill and help the environment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:47 +msgid "General tips" +msgstr "نکتههای عمومی" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:51 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This " +"significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:56 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer " +"periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this " +"is not the case." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:62 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Power</gui> panel in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of " +"options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-blank\">automatically blank the screen</" +"link> after a certain time, reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>, and have " +"the computer <link xref=\"power-autosuspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a " +"certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:71 +msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:79 +msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:83 +msgid "" +"Reduce the <link xref=\"display-brightness\">screen brightness</link>. Powering the screen accounts for a " +"significant fraction of a laptop power consumption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:86 +msgid "" +"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the " +"brightness." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:90 +msgid "" +"If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless or Bluetooth cards. " +"These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:93 +msgid "" +"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard " +"shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-batterylife.page:102 +msgid "More advanced tips" +msgstr "نکتههای پیشرفتهتر" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:106 +msgid "" +"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more " +"work to do." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batterylife.page:108 +msgid "" +"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, " +"applications that frequently grab data from the internet or play music or movies can impact your power " +"consumption." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11 +msgid "Tips such as “Do not let the battery charge get too low”." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29 +msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31 +msgid "" +"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are " +"a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big " +"difference." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37 +msgid "" +"Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, " +"although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it " +"is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse " +"for the battery." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44 +msgid "" +"Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any " +"warmer than it has to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48 +msgid "" +"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery " +"at the same time as you get the original battery — always buy replacements when you need them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55 +msgid "" +"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other " +"types of battery may benefit from different treatment." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7 +msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:25 +msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27 +msgid "" +"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The " +"processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running " +"slower, so the battery should last longer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batteryslow.page:32 +msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:15 +msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33 +msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:35 +msgid "" +"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running " +"Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS " +"that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often " +"highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:42 +msgid "" +"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they " +"are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, " +"though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might " +"find that changing its settings is also useful." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-batterywindows.page:48 +msgid "" +"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on " +"Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods " +"give different estimates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-closelid.page:31 +msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-closelid.page:35 +msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:37 +msgid "" +"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></" +"link> in order to save power. This means that the computer is not actually turned off — it has just gone to " +"sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it does not resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a " +"key. If that still does not work, press the power button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:44 +msgid "" +"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely supported " +"by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that " +"you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-" +"suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend " +"when you close the lid." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-closelid.page:52 +msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:55 +msgid "" +"These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. Contact your distribution for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:60 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:37 C/tips-specialchars.page:66 +msgid "You need to have <app>Tweaks</app> installed on your computer to change this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: if/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:63 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:40 C/tips-specialchars.page:69 +msgid "<link style=\"button\" action=\"install:gnome-tweaks\">Install <app>Tweaks</app></link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:68 +msgid "" +"If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the setting for that " +"behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:72 +msgid "" +"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid " +"closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:79 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:48 C/tips-specialchars.page:77 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Tweaks</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:83 C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:52 C/tips-specialchars.page:81 +msgid "Click <gui>Tweaks</gui> to open the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:86 +msgid "Select the <gui>General</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:89 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Suspend when laptop lid is closed</gui> switch to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-closelid.page:93 C/tips-specialchars.page:102 +msgid "Close the <gui>Tweaks</gui> window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-constantfan.page:10 +msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-constantfan.page:21 +msgid "The laptop fan is always running" +msgstr "فن لپتاپ همواره روشن است" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:23 +msgid "" +"If cooling fan in your laptop is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the cooling " +"system in the laptop is not very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their " +"cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the " +"fans just run at full speed all of the time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:29 +msgid "" +"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full " +"control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed " +"to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which " +"is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to " +"do it for your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-constantfan.page:37 +msgid "" +"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is " +"overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool " +"enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. " +"You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11 +msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21 +msgid "My computer gets really hot" +msgstr "رایانهام خیلی داغ میشود" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23 +msgid "" +"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it is simply part of the " +"way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is " +"overheating, which can potentially cause damage." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28 +msgid "" +"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It is generally nothing to " +"worry about — computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their " +"heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be " +"uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes " +"get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36 +msgid "" +"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this " +"concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust " +"and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too — if " +"kept in confined spaces (for example, in a cupboard), the cooling system in the computer may not be able to " +"remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49 +msgid "" +"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged " +"use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor " +"burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may " +"wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop " +"on your lap." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56 +msgid "" +"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming " +"damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, " +"you will probably need to get it repaired." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-lowpower.page:11 +msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-lowpower.page:32 +msgid "Why did my computer turn off when the battery got to 10%?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-lowpower.page:34 +msgid "" +"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically turn off. It does this " +"to make sure that the battery does not completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the " +"battery just ran out, the computer would not have time to shut down properly either." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-lowpower.page:40 +msgid "" +"Bear in mind that when your computer automatically turns off, your applications and documents <em>are not</" +"em> saved. To avoid losing your work, save it before the battery gets too low." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-nowireless.page:32 +msgid "" +"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and does not resume properly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-nowireless.page:36 +msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:38 +msgid "" +"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when " +"you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless " +"device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to " +"turn on properly when the computer is resumed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:45 +msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:57 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> switch at the top-right of the window to off and then on again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:61 +msgid "" +"If the wireless still does not work, switch the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> switch to on and then switch it " +"off again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-nowireless.page:66 +msgid "" +"If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still " +"having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-othercountry.page:7 +msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-othercountry.page:25 +msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:27 +msgid "" +"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies " +"(usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as " +"you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops " +"come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, " +"plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In " +"this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer’s power supply, if there is " +"one. Many computers do not have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the " +"back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a " +"small switch marked “110V” or “230V” (for example). Switch it if you need to." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-othercountry.page:46 +msgid "" +"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-status.page:21 +msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-status.page:24 +msgid "Check the battery status" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/power-status.page:28 +msgid "Display the status of the battery and connected devices" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-status.page:35 +msgid "Click <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel. The status of known devices is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-status.page:41 +msgid "" +"If an internal battery is detected, the <gui>Battery</gui> section displays the status of one or more " +"laptop batteries. The indicator bar shows the percent charged, as well as time until fully charged if " +"plugged in, and time remaining when running on battery power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-status.page:58 +msgid "The <gui>Devices</gui> section displays the status of connected devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:13 +msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27 +msgid "Why does my computer not turn back on after I suspended it?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> your computer, then try to resume it, you may find that " +"it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend is not supported properly by your hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34 +msgid "My computer is suspended and is not resuming" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35 +msgid "" +"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a " +"screen asking for your password. If this does not happen, try pressing the power button (do not hold it in, " +"just press it once)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39 +msgid "" +"If this still does not help, make sure that your computer’s monitor is switched on and try pressing a key " +"on the keyboard again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41 +msgid "" +"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will " +"lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44 +msgid "" +"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47 +msgid "" +"If your computer loses power and does not have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it " +"will switch off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53 +msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) does not work when I wake up my computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55 +msgid "" +"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, " +"or some other device does not work properly. This could be because the driver for the device does not " +"properly support suspend. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not " +"the device itself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:61 +msgid "" +"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will " +"start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again " +"and see if it works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-suspendfail.page:65 +msgid "" +"If you cannot turn off or unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your " +"computer for the device to start working again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-suspend.page:9 +msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-suspend.page:25 +msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:33 +msgid "" +"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain " +"open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still " +"switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a " +"key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:40 +msgid "" +"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail" +"\">may not be able to suspend properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if " +"it does work before relying on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/power-suspend.page:46 +msgid "Always save your work before suspending" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/power-suspend.page:47 +msgid "" +"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your " +"open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-whydim.page:32 +msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-whydim.page:35 +msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:43 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in order to " +"save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:47 +msgid "To stop the screen from dimming itself:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-whydim.page:58 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Dim Screen When Inactive</gui> switch to off in the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:12 +msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:21 +msgid "My computer will not turn on" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:23 +msgid "" +"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some " +"of the possible reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34 +msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched " +"on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the " +"charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is " +"correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it is removable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44 +msgid "Problem with the computer hardware" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:45 +msgid "" +"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get " +"your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components " +"(such as the memory or RAM) and a faulty motherboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52 +msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:53 +msgid "" +"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be " +"indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, " +"and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different " +"manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer’s " +"motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63 +msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:64 +msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:66 +msgid "" +"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, " +"but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for " +"repairs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power-wireless.page:21 +msgid "Bluetooth, wi-fi and mobile broadband can be switched off to reduce battery use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power-wireless.page:24 +msgid "Switch off unused wireless technologies" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/power-wireless.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can reduce battery use by switching off bluetooth, wi-fi or mobile broadband when they are not in use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/power-wireless.page:39 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Power Saving</gui> section contains switches for <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, <gui>Mobile broadband</gui>, " +"and <gui>Bluetooth</gui>. Switch the unused services to off. Re-enable when needed by switching to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/power.page:13 +msgid "Natalia Ruz" +msgstr "ناتالیاا روز" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power.page:23 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"power-status\">Battery status</link>, <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>, <link xref=" +"\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"power-status\">وضعیت باتری</link> <link xref=\"power-suspend\">تعلیق</link> <link xref=\"power-" +"whydim\">تاریک کردن صفحه</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/power.page:31 +msgid "Power & battery" +msgstr "نیرو و باتری" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power.page:39 +msgid "Power saving settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات ذخیرهٔ نیرو" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/power.page:43 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "پرسشها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/power.page:49 +msgctxt "link" +msgid "Power problems" +msgstr "مشکات نیرو" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/power.page:51 +msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries." +msgstr "رفع مشکلات با نیرو و باتریها." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-display.page:17 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and orientation</" +"link>, <link xref=\"display-brightness\">brightness</link>, <link xref=\"display-night-light\">color " +"temperature</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"look-background\">پسزمینه</link> <link xref=\"look-resolution\">اندازه و جهت</link> <link xref=" +"\"display-brightness\">روشنایی</link> <link xref=\"display-night-light\">دمای رنگ</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs-display.page:27 +msgid "Display & screen" +msgstr "صفحهٔ نمایش" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-language.page:17 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and formats</link>, " +"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"session-language\">زبان</link> <link xref=\"session-formats\">منطقه و قالبها</link> <link xref=" +"\"keyboard-layouts\">چینشهای صفحهکلید</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs-sharing.page:20 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-personal\">Personal file " +"sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media " +"sharing</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">همرسانی بلوتوثی</link> <link xref=\"sharing-personal\">همرسانی پروندهٔ " +"شخصی</link> <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">همرسانی صفحه</link> <link xref=\"sharing-media\">همرسانی رسانه</" +"link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs-sharing.page:28 +msgid "Sharing Settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات همرسانی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/prefs-sharing.page:30 +msgid "" +"The <em>Sharing Settings</em> in GNOME help you control what is shared over the local network, or through " +"other technologies such as <em>Bluetooth</em>." +msgstr "" +"تنظمیمات همرسانی </em> در گنوم به شما در واپایش آنچه روی شبکهٔ محلّی یا از طریق فناوریهایی چون <em>بلوتوث</" +"em> همرسانی میشود، کمک میکند." + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/prefs.page:7 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/prefs.page:14 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse & touchpad</link>, <link xref=" +"\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts" +"\">user accounts</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"keyboard\">صفحهکلید</link>، <link xref=\"mouse\">موشی و صفحهلمسی</link>، <link xref=\"prefs-" +"display\">نمایشگر</link>، <link xref=\"prefs-language\">زبانها</link>، <link xref=\"user-accounts\">حسابهای " +"کاربری</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/prefs.page:24 +msgid "User & system settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات سامانه و کاربر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-2sided.page:23 +msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet." +msgstr "چاپ روی هر دو سمت کاغذ یا چندین صفحه در ورق." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-2sided.page:26 +msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts" +msgstr "چینشهیا چاپ دوطرفه یا چندصفحهای" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:28 +msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:32 C/printing-differentsize.page:38 C/printing-select.page:28 +#: C/printing-to-file.page:35 +msgid "Open the print dialog by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:36 +msgid "" +"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> " +"drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:39 +msgid "" +"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It is a good idea to experiment with your printer to " +"see how it works." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per " +"side</gui> option to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-2sided.page:49 +msgid "" +"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application " +"you are using. This option may not always be available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:23 +msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) from a PDF using normal A4/Letter-size paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:27 +msgid "Print a booklet on a double-sided printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:29 +msgid "" +"You can make a folded booklet (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a special " +"order and changing a couple of printing options." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:33 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:29 +msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:35 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:30 C/printing-booklet.page:27 +msgid "" +"If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by choosing " +"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of 4 " +"number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:40 +msgid "To print a booklet:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:44 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:41 +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:81 +msgid "" +"Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the menu or " +"using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:49 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:46 +msgid "Click the <gui>Properties…</gui> button" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:50 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:47 +msgid "In the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list, make sure that <gui>Landscape</gui> is selected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:52 +msgid "In the <gui>Duplex</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Short Edge</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:54 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:49 +msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui> to go back to the print dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:57 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:52 +msgid "Under <gui>Range and Copies</gui>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:60 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:53 +msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:62 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:55 +msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:64 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:59 +msgid "Examples:" +msgstr "مثالها:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:66 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:60 +msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:67 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:61 +msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:68 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:64 +msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:73 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:68 +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:86 +msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Layout</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:74 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:69 +msgid "Under <gui>Layout</gui>, select <gui>Brochure</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:75 +msgid "Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>All pages</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-duplex.page:79 C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:74 +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:91 +msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:23 +msgid "Print a booklet from a PDF using a single-sided printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:26 +msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:37 +msgid "To print:" +msgstr "برای چاپ:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:57 +msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:62 +msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:63 +msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:70 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Front sides / right " +"pages</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:77 +msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet-singlesided.page:87 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Page Sides</gui>, in the <gui>Include</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Back sides / left pages</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-booklet.page:19 +msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-booklet.page:23 +msgid "Print a booklet" +msgstr "چاپ یک دفترچه" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:25 +msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:33 +msgid "" +"If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate number " +"of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:39 +msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:43 +msgid "" +"Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:47 +msgid "" +"Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>, placing " +"the blank pages at the end." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-booklet.page:53 +msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:29 +msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32 +msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:34 +msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:38 +msgid "Cancel a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste " +"any ink or paper." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44 +msgid "How to cancel a print job:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46 C/printing-cancel-job.page:86 C/printing-name-location.page:48 +#: C/printing-name-location.page:76 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:50 C/printing-setup.page:76 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Printers</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:50 C/printing-cancel-job.page:90 C/printing-name-location.page:52 +#: C/printing-name-location.page:80 +msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:53 +msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:57 +msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:61 +msgid "" +"If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <em>cancel</em> button on " +"your printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:64 +msgid "" +"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that will not cancel, remove " +"the paper from the printer’s paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will " +"stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:71 +msgid "" +"Be careful that you don’t damage the printer when removing the paper, though. If you would have to pull " +"hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:79 +msgid "Pause and release a print job" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:81 +msgid "" +"If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer " +"settings and click the appropriate button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:93 +msgid "" +"Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either " +"pause or release the print job based on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:27 +msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:30 +msgid "Change the paper size when printing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:32 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 " +"paper), you can change the printing format for the document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:42 +msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45 +msgid "Under the <gui>Paper</gui> column, choose your <gui>Paper size</gui> from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:49 +msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> to print your document." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:53 +msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> drop-down list to choose a different orientation:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:57 +msgid "Portrait" +msgstr "عمودی" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:58 +msgid "Landscape" +msgstr "افقی" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:59 +msgid "Reverse portrait" +msgstr "عمودی معکوس" + +#. (itstool) path: p/gui +#: C/printing-differentsize.page:60 +msgid "Reverse landscape" +msgstr "افقی معکوس" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:23 +msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27 +msgid "Print envelopes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:29 +msgid "" +"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope. This is especially useful if you have a " +"lot of letters to send, for example." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34 +msgid "Printing onto envelopes" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:36 +msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:38 +msgid "" +"The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></" +"keyseq> to open the Print dialog, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> " +"as “Envelope” if you can. If you cannot do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an " +"envelope size (for example, <gui>C5</gui>). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most " +"envelopes come in standard sizes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:46 +msgid "" +"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer’s in-" +"tray. Check the printer’s manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is " +"printed on to see which way is the right way up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-envelopes.page:52 +msgid "" +"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your " +"printer’s manual to see if it accepts envelopes. Otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an " +"envelope in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20 +msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:23 +msgid "How can I check my printer’s ink or toner levels?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:25 +msgid "" +"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your " +"printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29 +msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:32 +msgid "" +"Some printers report toner or ink levels to the computer, which can be found in the <gui>Printers</gui> " +"panel in <app>Settings</app>. The ink level will be shown with the printer details if it is available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:36 +msgid "" +"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) " +"project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink " +"status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel." +"sourceforge.net/#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and " +"some other printers is <app>mtink</app>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-inklevel.page:47 +msgid "" +"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-name-location.page:27 +msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-name-location.page:31 +msgid "Change the name or location of a printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:33 +msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:37 +msgid "" +"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to change the " +"name or location of a printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-name-location.page:42 +msgid "Change printer name" +msgstr "تغییر نام چاپگر" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:44 +msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:55 C/printing-name-location.page:83 C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:61 +#: C/printing-setup.page:83 C/user-add.page:54 C/user-admin-change.page:49 C/user-autologin.page:44 +#: C/user-delete.page:60 +msgid "" +"Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:59 +msgid "Click the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:63 +msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-name-location.page:70 +msgid "Change printer location" +msgstr "تغییر موقعیت چاپگر" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:72 +msgid "To change the location of your printer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:87 +msgid "Click the location, and start editing the location." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-name-location.page:90 +msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-order.page:23 +msgid "Collate and reverse the print order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-order.page:26 +msgid "Make pages print in a different order" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-order.page:29 +msgid "Reverse" +msgstr "معکوس" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:31 +msgid "" +"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order " +"when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/printing-order.page:36 +msgid "To reverse the order:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-order.page:38 C/printing-order.page:61 +msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> to open the Print dialog." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-order.page:42 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be " +"printed first, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing-order.page:50 +msgid "Collate" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/printing-order.page:52 +msgid "" +"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by " +"default (that is, all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). " +"<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/printing-order.page:59 +msgid "To collate:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-order.page:65 +msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, under <gui>Copies</gui>, check <gui>Collate</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:20 +msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:24 +msgid "Clearing a paper jam" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:26 +msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:28 +msgid "" +"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, " +"you will need to open one of the printer’s panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) " +"pull the jammed paper out of the printer’s feeding mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-paperjam.page:33 +msgid "" +"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer’s <em>resume</em> button to start printing " +"again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the " +"print job again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-select.page:19 +msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-select.page:22 +msgid "Print only certain pages" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-select.page:24 +msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-select.page:32 +msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab, choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-select.page:35 +msgid "" +"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote " +"a range of pages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-select.page:40 +msgid "" +"For example, if you enter “1,3,5-7” in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6 and 7 will be printed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/printing-select.page:42 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='2eceabe52b26c4ee06fac1ce2a79459c'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35 +msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38 +msgid "Set the default printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:40 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may " +"want to pick the printer you use most often." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:44 +msgid "" +"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link> on the system to set the " +"default printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:54 C/printing-setup.page:80 +msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:57 +msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:65 +msgid "Select the <gui>Default printer</gui> checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:69 +msgid "" +"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different " +"printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-setup.page:38 +msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer, or your local network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-setup.page:42 +msgid "Set up a local printer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:44 +msgid "" +"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers are " +"connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer, but some printers connect to your wired or " +"wireless network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:50 +msgid "" +"If your printer is connected to the network, it will not be set up automatically – you should add it from " +"the <gui>Printers</gui> panel in <gui>Settings</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:57 +msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:60 +msgid "" +"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the " +"system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:65 +msgid "" +"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> " +"to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:71 +msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:87 +msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">Add…</gui> button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:90 +msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer and press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:93 +msgid "" +"If your printer is not discovered automatically, but you know its network address, enter it into the text " +"field at the bottom of the dialog and then press <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:100 +msgid "" +"If your printer does not appear in the <gui>Add Printer</gui> window, you may need to install print drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-setup.page:108 +msgid "" +"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your " +"default printer</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-streaks.page:20 +msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:24 +msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:27 +msgid "" +"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that should not be there, or are otherwise poor " +"in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink or toner supply." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:33 +msgid "Fading text or images" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:34 +msgid "" +"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:38 +msgid "Streaks and lines" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:39 +msgid "" +"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print " +"head. See the printer’s manual for instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:44 +msgid "Wrong colors" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:45 +msgid "" +"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink or toner supply and buy a new " +"cartridge if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/printing-streaks.page:49 +msgid "Jagged lines, or lines are not straight" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-streaks.page:50 +msgid "" +"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. " +"See the printer’s instruction manual for details on how to do this." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing-to-file.page:20 +msgid "Save a document as a PDF, PostScript or SVG file instead of sending it to a printer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/printing-to-file.page:24 +msgid "Print to file" +msgstr "چاپ در پرونده" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing to " +"file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>PostScript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the " +"document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with " +"someone." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/printing-to-file.page:33 +msgid "To print to file:" +msgstr "برای چاپ در پرونده:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:39 +msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:43 +msgid "" +"To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer " +"selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:48 +msgid "" +"<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output " +"format</gui>, select either <sys>PostScript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:53 +msgid "Choose your other page preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/printing-to-file.page:56 +msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing.page:18 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and collate</link>, " +"<link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/printing.page:37 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing.page:39 +msgid "Set up a printer" +msgstr "برپایی یک چاپگر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/printing.page:44 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Sizes and layouts" +msgstr "اندازهها و چینشها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing.page:46 +msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts" +msgstr "اندازهها و چینشهای مختلف کاغذها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/printing.page:52 +msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/printing.page:54 +msgid "Printer problems" +msgstr "مشکلات چاپگر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/privacy.page:29 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage " +"history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">قفل صفحه</link>، <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">تاریخچهٔ " +"استفاده</link>، <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">خالی کردن زبالهدان & پروندهّای موفّتی</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/privacy.page:36 +msgid "Privacy Settings" +msgstr "تنظیمات محرمانگی" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy.page:38 +msgid "" +"The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not certain parts of your desktop are " +"visible to others. You can also use these settings to clear your computer usage history and clean out " +"unnecessary files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:26 +msgid "Stop or limit your computer from tracking your recently-used files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:30 +msgid "Turn off or limit file history tracking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:32 +msgid "" +"Tracking recently used files and folders makes it easier to find items that you have been working on in the " +"file manager and in file dialogs in applications. You may wish to keep your file usage history private " +"instead, or only track your very recent history." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:38 +msgid "Turn off file history tracking" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:40 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:66 C/privacy-location.page:33 +#: C/privacy-purge.page:50 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:54 C/session-screenlocks.page:47 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Privacy</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:44 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:70 C/privacy-location.page:37 +#: C/privacy-purge.page:54 C/privacy-screen-lock.page:58 C/session-screenlocks.page:52 +msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:47 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:73 +msgid "Select <gui>Usage & History</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:50 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:51 +msgid "To re-enable this feature, switch the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:55 C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:84 +msgid "Use the <gui>Clear Recent History</gui> button to purge the history immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:60 +msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information about the web sites you visit." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:64 +msgid "Restrict the amount of time your file history is tracked" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:76 +msgid "Ensure the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch is set to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-history-recent-off.page:79 +msgid "" +"Select the length of time to <gui>Retain History</gui>. Choose from options <gui>1 day</gui>, <gui>7 days</" +"gui>, <gui>30 days</gui>, or <gui>Forever</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/privacy-location.page:19 +msgid "Enable or disable geolocation." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/privacy-location.page:22 +msgid "Control location services" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-location.page:24 +msgid "" +"Geolocation, or location services, uses cell tower positioning, GPS, and nearby Wi-Fi access points to " +"determine your current location for use in setting your timezone and by applications such as <app>Maps</" +"app>. When enabled, it is possible for your location to be shared over the network with a great deal of " +"precision." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/privacy-location.page:31 +msgid "Turn off the geolocation features of your desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-location.page:40 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-location.page:41 +msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Location Services</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/privacy-purge.page:31 +msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/privacy-purge.page:35 +msgid "Purge trash & temporary files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:37 +msgid "" +"Clearing out your trash and temporary files removes unwanted and unneeded files from your computer, and " +"also frees up more space on your hard drive. You can manually empty your trash and clear your temporary " +"files, but you can also set your computer to automatically do this for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:43 +msgid "" +"Temporary files are files created automatically by applications in the background. They can increase " +"performance by providing a copy of data that was downloaded or computed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/privacy-purge.page:48 +msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear temporary files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:57 +msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash & Temporary Files</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:60 +msgid "" +"Switch one or both of the <gui>Automatically empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically purge Temporary Files</" +"gui> switches to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:64 +msgid "" +"Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files</em> to be purged by changing the " +"<gui>Purge After</gui> value." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:69 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons to perform these actions " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/privacy-purge.page:75 +msgid "" +"You can delete files immediately and permanently without using the Trash. See <link xref=\"files-" +"delete#permanent\"/> for information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:33 +msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:37 +msgid "Automatically lock your screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:39 +msgid "" +"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to " +"prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. If you sometimes forget to lock your " +"screen, you may wish to have your computer’s screen lock automatically after a set period of time. This " +"will help to secure your computer when you aren’t using it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:46 +msgid "" +"When your screen is locked, your applications and system processes will continue to run, but you will need " +"to enter your password to begin using them again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:51 +msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:61 +msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:64 +msgid "" +"Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the drop-down " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:70 +msgid "" +"Applications can present notifications to you that are still displayed on your lock screen. This is " +"convenient, for example, to see if you have any email without unlocking your screen. If you’re concerned " +"about other people seeing these notifications, switch <gui>Show Notifications</gui> off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/privacy-screen-lock.page:82 +msgid "" +"When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the bottom of " +"the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click <gui>Unlock</" +"gui>. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the lock curtain will be automatically raised as " +"you type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34 +msgid "Take a picture or record a video of what is happening on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:38 +msgid "Screenshots and screencasts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40 +msgid "" +"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>) or record a video of what is happening on the " +"screen (a <em>screencast</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the " +"computer, for example. Screenshots and screencasts are just normal picture and video files, so you can " +"email them and share them on the web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47 +msgid "Take a screenshot" +msgstr "گرفتن یک نماگرفت" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51 +msgid "" +"Open <app>Screenshot</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:55 +msgid "" +"In the <app>Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the whole screen, the current window, or an " +"area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the " +"screenshot. Then choose any effects you want." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:61 +msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:62 +msgid "" +"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the " +"area you want for the screenshot." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:67 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:69 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, import the screenshot directly into an image-editing application without saving it first. " +"Click <gui>Copy to Clipboard</gui> then paste the image in the other application, or drag the screenshot " +"thumbnail to the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:77 +msgid "Keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "میانبرهای صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:79 +msgid "" +"Quickly take a screenshot of the desktop, a window, or an area at any time using these global keyboard " +"shortcuts:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:84 +msgid "<key>Prt Scrn</key> to take a screenshot of the desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:87 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of a window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:91 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prt Scrn</key></keyseq> to take a screenshot of an area you select." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:96 +msgid "" +"When you use a keyboard shortcut, the image is automatically saved in your <file>Pictures</file> folder in " +"your home folder with a file name that begins with <file>Screenshot</file> and includes the date and time " +"it was taken." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:101 +msgid "" +"If you do not have a <file>Pictures</file> folder, the images will be saved in your home folder instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:104 +msgid "" +"You can also hold down <key>Ctrl</key> with any of the above shortcuts to copy the screenshot image to the " +"clipboard instead of saving it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:111 +msgid "Make a screencast" +msgstr "ضبط فیلم از نمایشگر" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:113 +msgid "You can make a video recording of what is happening on your screen:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:117 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> to start recording what is " +"on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:120 +msgid "A red circle is displayed in the top right corner of the screen when the recording is in progress." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:124 +msgid "" +"Once you have finished, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq> " +"again to stop the recording." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:129 +msgid "" +"The video is automatically saved in your <file>Videos</file> folder in your home folder, with a file name " +"that starts with <file>Screencast</file> and includes the date and time it was taken." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/screen-shot-record.page:136 +msgid "If you do not have a <file>Videos</file> folder, the videos will be saved in your home folder instead." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:40 +msgid "Log in with a fingerprint" +msgstr "ورود با اثرانگشت" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:42 +msgid "" +"If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:46 +msgid "Record a fingerprint" +msgstr "ضبط یک اثر انگشت" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:48 +msgid "" +"Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to " +"identify you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:52 +msgid "" +"If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your fingerprint. If this happens, moisten " +"your finger slightly, dry it with a clean, lint-free cloth, and retry." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:57 C/user-changepassword.page:65 C/user-changepicture.page:41 +msgid "" +"You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to edit user accounts other than " +"your own." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:62 C/user-add.page:47 C/user-admin-change.page:42 C/user-autologin.page:33 +#: C/user-changepassword.page:70 C/user-changepicture.page:46 C/user-delete.page:53 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Users</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:66 C/user-add.page:51 +msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:69 +msgid "" +"Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a fingerprint for the selected " +"account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> " +"the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:75 +msgid "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui style=\"button\">Next</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:79 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your " +"fingerprint reader. Once the computer has a good record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</" +"gui> message." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:85 +msgid "" +"Select <gui>Next</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved successfully. " +"Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:94 +msgid "Check that your fingerprint works" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:96 +msgid "" +"Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the option " +"to log in with your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:101 +msgid "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:105 +msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-fingerprint.page:109 +msgid "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-formats.page:25 +msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-formats.page:29 +msgid "Change date and measurement formats" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-formats.page:31 +msgid "" +"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the " +"local customs of your region." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:36 C/session-language.page:49 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Region " +"& Language</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:40 C/session-language.page:53 +msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:43 +msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/session-formats.page:48 C/session-language.page:61 +msgid "…" +msgstr "…" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:46 +msgid "" +"Select the region and language that most closely matches the formats you would like to use. If your region " +"and language are not listed, click <gui><_:media-1/></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all " +"available regions and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:53 C/session-language.page:66 +msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to save." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-formats.page:56 C/session-language.page:69 +msgid "" +"Respond to the prompt, <gui>Your session needs to be restarted for changes to take effect</gui> by clicking " +"<gui style=\"button\">Restart Now</gui>, or click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui> to restart later." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-formats.page:63 +msgid "" +"After you have selected a region, the area to the right of the list shows various examples of how dates and " +"other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of " +"the week in calendars." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-language.page:32 +msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-language.page:36 +msgid "Change which language you use" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-language.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper " +"language packs installed on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:56 +msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-language.page:59 +msgid "" +"Select your desired region and language. If your region and language are not listed, click <gui><_:media-1/" +"></gui> at the bottom of the list to select from all available regions and languages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-language.page:76 +msgid "" +"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all. Any " +"untranslated text will appear in the language in which the software was originally developed, usually " +"American English." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-language.page:81 +msgid "" +"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, " +"pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, " +"you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If " +"you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:31 +msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Privacy</gui> settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:35 +msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37 +msgid "" +"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to " +"enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with " +"your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too " +"quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:43 +msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:55 +msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:58 +msgid "" +"If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after blank " +"for</gui> drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/session-screenlocks.page:64 +msgid "" +"If you don’t ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch the <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> " +"switch to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing.page:11 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-share\">Share files by email</" +"link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">همرسانی میزکار</link>، <link xref=\"files-share\">همرسانی پروندهها با " +"رایانامه</link>، <link xref=\"sharing-media\">همرسانی رسانه</link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing.page:25 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "همرسانی" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/years +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:25 +msgid "2014-2015" +msgstr "۲۰۱۴-۲۰۱۵" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:30 +msgid "Allow files to be uploaded to your computer over Bluetooth." +msgstr "اجازه بدهید پروندهها بتوانن با بلوتوث به رایانهتان بارگذاری شوند." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:33 +msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth" +msgstr "واپایش همرسانی با بلوتوث" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can enable <gui>Bluetooth</gui> sharing to receive files over Bluetooth in the <file>Downloads</file> " +"folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39 +msgid "Allow files to be shared into your <file>Downloads</file> folder" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:48 +msgid "Make sure that <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"><gui>Bluetooth</gui> is switched on</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:52 +msgid "" +"Bluetooth-enabled devices can send files to your <file>Downloads</file> folder only when the " +"<gui>Bluetooth</gui> panel is open." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:29 +msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:32 +msgid "Share your desktop" +msgstr "همرسانی میزکارتان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing " +"application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the " +"security preferences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:50 +msgid "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55 +msgid "<link action=\"install:vino\" style=\"button\">Install Vino</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:69 C/sharing-desktop.page:161 +msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72 +msgid "If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch at the top-right of the window is set to off, switch it to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75 C/sharing-media.page:66 C/sharing-personal.page:75 +msgid "" +"If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can <link xref=\"sharing-displayname" +"\">change</link> the name your computer displays on the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:80 +msgid "Select <gui>Screen Sharing</gui>." +msgstr "<gui>همرسانی صفحه</gui> را برگزیینید." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:83 +msgid "" +"To let others view your desktop, switch the <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other " +"people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what’s on your screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:88 +msgid "" +"To let others interact with your desktop, ensure that <gui>Allow connections to control the screen</gui> is " +"checked. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your " +"computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:97 C/sharing-personal.page:95 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "امنیت" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:99 +msgid "" +"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:104 +msgid "New connections must ask for access" +msgstr "اتصالهای جدید باید برای دسترسی اجازه بگیرند" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:105 +msgid "" +"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, enable <gui>New " +"connections must ask for access</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want " +"to allow someone to connect to your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:110 +msgid "This option is enabled by default." +msgstr "این گزینه به صورت پیشگزیده به کار افتاده است." + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:114 +msgid "Require a Password" +msgstr "به گذرواژهای نیاز دارد" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:115 +msgid "" +"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, enable <gui>Require a Password</" +"gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:119 C/sharing-personal.page:105 +msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:140 C/sharing-media.page:93 C/sharing-personal.page:113 +msgid "Networks" +msgstr "شبکهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:142 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch " +"next to each to choose where your desktop can be shared." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:148 +msgid "Stop sharing your desktop" +msgstr "توقّف همرسانی میزکارتان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:150 +msgid "To disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop:" +msgstr "برای قطع کردن کسی که میزکارتان را میبیند:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:164 +msgid "<gui>Screen Sharing</gui> will show as <gui>Active</gui>. Click on it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-desktop.page:168 +msgid "Toggle the switch at the top to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:20 +msgid "Control how your computer will appear to other computers or devices." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:24 +msgid "Set the display name for your computer" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can change the name your computer uses to display itself to other computers or devices, on the network " +"or over Bluetooth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:30 +msgid "Change the display name of your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:32 C/sharing-media.page:56 C/sharing-personal.page:65 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing " +"<gui>Sharing</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:36 C/sharing-media.page:60 C/sharing-personal.page:69 +msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-displayname.page:39 +msgid "Edit the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> to change the name your computer displays on the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-media.page:23 +msgid "Share media on your local network using UPnP." +msgstr "رسانههایتان را با UPnP روی شبکهٔ محلّیتان همرسانی کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-media.page:26 +msgid "Share your music, photos and videos" +msgstr "همرسانی عکسها، آهنگها و ویدیوهایتان" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can browse, search and play the media on your computer using a <sys>UPnP</sys> or <sys>DLNA</sys> " +"enabled device such as a phone, TV or game console. Configure <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to allow these " +"devices to access the folders containing your music, photos and videos." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:44 +msgid "You must have the <app>Rygel</app> package installed for <gui>Media Sharing</gui> to be visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:49 +msgid "<link action=\"install:rygel\" style=\"button\">Install Rygel</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:63 C/sharing-personal.page:72 +msgid "If the <gui>Sharing</gui> switch in the top-right of the window is set to off, switch it to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:71 +msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>." +msgstr "<gui>همرسانی رسانه</gui> را برگزیینید." + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:74 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Media Sharing</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:77 +msgid "" +"By default, <file>Music</file>, <file>Pictures</file> and <file>Videos</file> are shared. To remove one of " +"these, click the <gui>×</gui> next to the folder name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:82 +msgid "" +"To add another folder, click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> to open the <gui>Choose a folder</gui> window. " +"Navigate <em>into</em> the desired folder and click <gui style=\"button\">Open</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:87 +msgid "" +"Click <gui style=\"button\">×</gui>. You will now be able to browse or play media in the folders you " +"selected using the external device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-media.page:95 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch " +"next to each to choose where your media can be shared." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sharing-personal.page:23 +msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sharing-personal.page:27 +msgid "Share your personal files" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:45 +msgid "" +"You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder from another " +"computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the contents " +"of the folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:51 +msgid "" +"You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to be " +"visible." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:56 +msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-user-share</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:80 +msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:83 +msgid "" +"Switch the <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> switch to on. This means that other people on your current " +"network will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> " +"folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:88 +msgid "" +"A <em>URI</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be accessed from other computers " +"on the network." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/title +#: C/sharing-personal.page:99 +msgid "Require Password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:100 +msgid "" +"To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</file> folder, switch the " +"<gui>Require Password</gui> switch to on. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your " +"<file>Public</file> folder." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sharing-personal.page:115 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Networks</gui> section lists the networks to which you are currently connected. Use the switch " +"next to each to choose where your personal files can be shared." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:14 +msgid "Aruna Sankaranarayanan" +msgstr "آرونا سنکارانارایانان" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:22 +msgid "Use <app>Tweaks</app> to start applications automatically on login." +msgstr "برای شروع برنامهها به صورت خودکار هنگام ورود، از <app>سیخونکها</app> استفاده کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:26 +msgid "Have applications start automatically on log in" +msgstr "اجرای خودکار برنامهها هنگام ورود" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:28 +msgid "" +"When you log in, your computer automatically starts some applications and runs them in the background. " +"These are usually important programs that help your desktop session to run smoothly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:32 +msgid "" +"You can use the <app>Tweaks</app> application to add other applications that you use frequently, such as " +"web browsers or editors, to the list of programs that start automatically on login." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:46 +msgid "To start an application automatically on login:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:55 +msgid "Click the <gui>Startup Applications</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:58 +msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to get a list of available applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:62 +msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Add</gui> to add an application of your choice to the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-apps-auto-start.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can remove an application from the list by clicking the <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> button next " +"to the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29 +msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash." +msgstr "افزودن (یا برداشتن) نقشکهای پراستفاده روی دش." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32 +msgid "Pin your favorite apps to the dash" +msgstr "سنجاق کردن کارههای محبوبتان به دش" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34 +msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">dash</link> for easy access:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:39 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview by clicking <gui>Activities</" +"gui> at the top left of the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:42 +msgid "" +"Click the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen " +"and choose the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:47 +msgid "Click the grid button in the dash and find the application you want to add." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:51 +msgid "Right-click the application icon and select <gui>Add to Favorites</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:53 +msgid "Alternatively, you can click-and-drag the icon into the dash." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:57 +msgid "" +"To remove an application icon from the dash, right-click the application icon and select <gui>Remove from " +"Favorites</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:60 +msgid "" +"Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of the <gui xref=\"shell-" +"introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:28 +msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "برنامهها را از نمای کلّی <gui>فعّالیتها</gui> اجرا کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:31 +msgid "Start applications" +msgstr "اجرای برنامهها" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:41 +msgid "" +"Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the <gui " +"xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your " +"applications. You can also open the overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> " +"key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:47 +msgid "" +"You can start applications from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Applications</gui> menu at " +"the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the <key xref=" +"\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:52 +msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you’re in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:57 +msgid "" +"Start typing the name of an application — searching begins instantly. (If this doesn’t happen, click the " +"search bar at the top of the screen and start typing.) If you don’t know the exact name of an application, " +"try to type an related term. Click the application’s icon to start it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:63 +msgid "" +"Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side of the " +"<gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:66 +msgid "" +"If you have applications that you use very frequently, you can <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\">add them " +"to the dash</link> yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:71 +msgid "" +"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash. You will see the frequently used applications if the <gui " +"style=\"button\">Frequent</gui> view is enabled. If you want to run a new application, press the <gui style=" +"\"button\">All</gui> button at the bottom to view all the applications. Press on the application to start " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:78 +msgid "" +"You can launch an application in a separate <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> by dragging " +"its icon from the dash, and dropping it onto one of the workspaces on the right-hand side of the screen. " +"The application will open in the chosen workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:83 +msgid "" +"You can launch an application in a <em>new</em> workspace by dragging its icon to the empty workspace at " +"the bottom of the workspace switcher, or to the small gap between two workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:90 +msgid "Quickly running a command" +msgstr "اجرای سریع یک فرمان" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:91 +msgid "" +"Another way of launching an application is to press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>, enter its " +"<em>command name</em>, and then press the <key>Enter</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:94 +msgid "" +"For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type " +"‘<cmd>rhythmbox</cmd>’ (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the " +"program." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-apps-open.page:98 C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58 +msgid "Use the arrow keys to quickly access previously run commands." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/shell-exit.page:27 +msgid "Alexandre Franke" +msgstr "الکساندر فرنک" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/shell-exit.page:35 +msgid "David Faour" +msgstr "دیوید فاور" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-exit.page:45 +msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on." +msgstr "آموزش چگونگی ترک حساب کاربریتان یا خروج، تعویض کاربران و مانند آن." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:50 +msgid "Log out, power off or switch users" +msgstr "خاموش کردن، خروج یا تعویض کاربران" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:58 +msgid "" +"When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it " +"powered on and log out." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:62 +msgid "Log out or switch users" +msgstr "خارج شدن یا تعویض کاربران" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:64 +msgid "" +"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch " +"users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where " +"you left it when you log back in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:69 +msgid "" +"To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the <link xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu" +"\">system menu</link> on the right side of the top bar, click your name and then choose the correct option." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:74 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Log Out</gui> and <gui>Switch User</gui> entries only appear in the menu if you have more than one " +"user account on your system." +msgstr "" +"گزینههای <gui>خروج</gui> و <gui>تعویض کاربر</gui> فقط اگر بیش از یک حساب کاربری روی سامانهتان داشته باشید، " +"در فهرست ظاهر میشوند." + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:79 +msgid "" +"The <gui>Switch User</gui> entry only appears in the menu if you have more than one user account on your " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:90 +msgid "Lock the screen" +msgstr "قفل کردن صفحه" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:92 +msgid "" +"If you’re leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from " +"accessing your files or running applications. When you return, raise the <link xref=\"shell-lockscreen" +"\">lock screen</link> curtain and enter your password to log back in. If you don’t lock your screen, it " +"will lock automatically after a certain amount of time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:99 +msgid "" +"To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen " +"button at the bottom of the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:102 +msgid "" +"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Log in as another " +"user</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:113 +msgid "Suspend" +msgstr "تعلیق" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:115 +msgid "" +"To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you use a laptop, GNOME, by default, " +"suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer’s " +"memory and powers off most of the computer’s functions. A very small amount of power is still used during " +"suspend." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:122 +msgid "" +"To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar. From there you " +"may either hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and click the power off button, or simply long-click the power " +"off button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-exit.page:133 +msgid "Power off or restart" +msgstr "خاموش کردن یا شروع دوباره" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:135 +msgid "" +"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the right " +"side of the top bar and press the power off button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open offering " +"you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:140 +msgid "" +"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer because " +"this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to " +"power off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-exit.page:145 +msgid "" +"You may want to power off your computer if you wish to move it and do not have a battery, if your battery " +"is low or does not hold charge well. A powered off computer also uses <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">less " +"energy</link> than one which is suspended." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-introduction.page:37 +msgid "A visual overview of your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "یک نمای کلّی نصویری از میزکار، نوار بالایی و نمای کلّی <gui>فعّالیتها</gui>." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:41 +msgid "Visual overview of GNOME" +msgstr "نمای کلّی تصویری گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:43 +msgid "" +"GNOME 3 features a completely reimagined user interface designed to stay out of your way, minimize " +"distractions, and help you get things done. When you first log in, you will see an empty desktop and the " +"top bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:49 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='c1eb78ab31aae0accc432677e42681f0'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:50 C/shell-introduction.page:55 +msgid "GNOME Shell top bar" +msgstr "نوار بالایی پوستهٔ گنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:54 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar-classic.png' md5='8eecf39f87d7cda9ee060a108114a624'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:60 +msgid "" +"The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and <link " +"xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. In the system menu in the " +"top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection details, " +"check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:72 +msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview" +msgstr "نمای کلّی <gui>فعّالیتها</gui>" + +#. (itstool) path: section/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:74 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-activities-dash.png' md5='d82d6f5aab3b20c7d22234b5eeb02dfe'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:75 +msgid "Activities button and Dash" +msgstr "دکمهٔ فعّالیتها و دش" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:78 +msgid "" +"To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your mouse " +"pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key " +"on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start typing " +"to search your applications, files, folders, and the web." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:85 +msgid "" +"To access your windows and applications, click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window " +"list. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key to see an overview with live " +"thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:90 +msgid "" +"On the left of the overview, you will find the <em>dash</em>. The dash shows you your favorite and running " +"applications. Click any icon in the dash to open that application; if the application is already running, " +"it will have a small dot below its icon. Clicking its icon will bring up the most recently used window. You " +"can also drag the icon to the overview, or onto any workspace on the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:97 +msgid "" +"Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any window in a running application, or to " +"open a new window. You can also click the icon while holding down <key>Ctrl</key> to open a new window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:101 +msgid "" +"When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live thumbnails " +"of all the windows on the current workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:105 +msgid "" +"Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applications overview. This shows you all " +"the applications installed on your computer. Click any application to run it, or drag an application to the " +"overview or onto a workspace thumbnail. You can also drag an application onto the dash to make it a " +"favorite. Your favorite applications stay in the dash even when they’re not running, so you can access them " +"quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:114 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:118 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:126 +msgid "Application menu" +msgstr "فهرست برنامه" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:130 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-shell.png' md5='0e67fd6e4579b0329dbbe561ff0040ef'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:131 C/shell-introduction.page:142 +msgid "App Menu of <app>Terminal</app>" +msgstr "فهرست کارهٔ <app>پایانه</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:133 +msgid "" +"Application menu, located beside the <gui>Activities</gui> button, shows the name of the active application " +"alongside with its icon and provides quick access to windows and details of the application, as well as a " +"quit item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:141 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appmenu-classic.png' md5='53555374277a4c6c76464834ac946bef'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:144 +msgid "" +"Application menu, located next to the <gui>Applications</gui> and <gui>Places</gui> menus, shows the name " +"of the active application alongside with its icon and provides quick access to application preferences or " +"help. The items that are available in the application menu vary depending on the application." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:155 +msgid "Clock, calendar & appointments" +msgstr "ساعت، تقویم و قرارهای ملاقات" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:160 +msgid "Clock, calendar, appointments and notifications" +msgstr "ساعت، تقویم، قرارهای ملاقات و آگاهیها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:170 +msgid "" +"Click the clock on the top bar to see the current date, a month-by-month calendar, a list of your upcoming " +"appointments and new notifications. You can also open the calendar by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</" +"key><key>M</key></keyseq>. You can access the date and time settings and open your full calendar " +"application directly from the menu." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:179 +msgid "<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Learn more about the calendar and appointments.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:183 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-notifications\">Learn more about notifications and the notification list.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:192 +msgid "System menu" +msgstr "فهرست سامانه" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:196 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='a7fd20017dabd6c6972cf9424b34b1a5'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:197 C/shell-introduction.page:202 +msgid "User menu" +msgstr "فهرست کاربر" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:201 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit-classic.png' md5='a85e35932532eea59fd6be6cc66ec0d3'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:207 +msgid "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:218 +msgid "" +"When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can also " +"quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you " +"can suspend or power off the computer from the menu. If you have a screen that supports vertical or " +"horizontal rotation, you can quickly rotate the screen from the system menu. If your screen does not " +"support rotation, you will not see the button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:228 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Learn more about switching users, logging out, and turning off your computer.</" +"link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-introduction.page:235 +msgid "Lock Screen" +msgstr "صفحهٔ قفل" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:237 +msgid "" +"When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to " +"protecting your desktop while you’re away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. " +"It also shows information about your battery and network status." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:244 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-lockscreen\">Learn more about the lock screen.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#. (itstool) path: media/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:252 C/shell-introduction.page:268 +msgid "Window List" +msgstr "فهرست پنجره" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:256 +msgid "" +"GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanently visible window list found in " +"other desktop environments. This lets you focus on the task at hand without distractions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:261 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/media +#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When +#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to +#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to +#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file. +#: C/shell-introduction.page:267 +msgctxt "_" +msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='a1a9c3d05c87a8e4028b1f16d79380ed'" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: when/p +#: C/shell-introduction.page:273 +msgid "" +"At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays the four workspaces. To switch to a different " +"workspace, select the workspace you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34 +msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard." +msgstr "کار با میزکار با استفاده از صفحهکلید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:37 +msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts" +msgstr "میانبرهای مفید صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39 +msgid "" +"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications " +"more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> " +"for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45 +msgid "Getting around the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F1</key></keyseq> or the" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49 +msgid "<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:51 +msgid "" +"Switch between the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and desktop. In the overview, start typing to instantly " +"search your applications, contacts, and documents." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57 +msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows</link>. Hold down <key>Shift</key> " +"for reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:66 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>`</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68 +msgid "" +"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after " +"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70 +msgid "" +"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all " +"other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Super</key> plus the key above <key>Tab</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78 +msgid "Switch between windows in the current workspace. Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86 +msgid "" +"Give keyboard focus to the top bar. In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, switch keyboard focus between " +"the top bar, dash, windows overview, applications list, and search field. Use the arrow keys to navigate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94 +msgid "Show the list of applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:109 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:120 +msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124 +msgid "Move the current window one monitor to the right." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:128 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">Log Out</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:132 +msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:136 +msgid "" +"Show <link xref=\"shell-notifications#notificationlist\">the notification list</link>. Press " +"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key> to close." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:143 +msgid "Common editing shortcuts" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:145 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:146 +msgid "Select all text or items in a list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:149 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:150 +msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:153 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:154 +msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:157 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:158 +msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:161 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:162 +msgid "Undo the last action." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: table/title +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:167 +msgid "Capturing from the screen" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:169 +msgid "<key>Prnt Scrn</key>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:170 +msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:173 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:174 +msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:178 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Prnt Scrn</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:179 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer " +"changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:184 +msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>R</key></keyseq>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:185 +msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screencast\">Start and stop screencast recording.</link>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:20 +msgid "The decorative and functional lock screen conveys useful information." +msgstr "صفحهٔ قفل تزیینی و کارا که اطّلاعات مفیدی ارایه میدهد." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:24 +msgid "The lock screen" +msgstr "صفحهٔ قفل" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:26 +msgid "" +"The lock screen means that you can see what is happening while your computer is locked, and it allows you " +"to get a summary of what has been happening while you have been away. The lock screen curtain shows an " +"attractive image on the screen while your computer is locked, and provides useful information:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:33 +msgid "the name of the logged-in user" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:34 +msgid "date and time, and certain notifications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:35 +msgid "battery and network status" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:41 +msgid "" +"To unlock your computer, raise the lock screen curtain by dragging it upward with the cursor, or by " +"pressing <key>Esc</key> or <key>Enter</key>. This will reveal the login screen, where you can enter your " +"password to unlock. Alternatively, just start typing your password and the curtain will be automatically " +"raised as you type. You can also switch users if your computer is configured for more than one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-lockscreen.page:48 +msgid "" +"To hide notifications from the lock screen, see <link xref=\"shell-notifications#lock-screen-notifications" +"\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/shell-notifications.page:13 +msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya" +msgstr "مارینا ژوراخینسکایا" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-notifications.page:32 +msgid "Messages drop down from the top of the screen telling you when certain events happen." +msgstr "پیامهایی از بالای صفحه به پایین کشیده میشوند، زمان رخ دادن رویداهای خاص را به شما میگویند." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:35 +msgid "Notifications and the notification list" +msgstr "آگاهیها و فهرست آگاهی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:38 +msgid "What is a notification?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:40 +msgid "" +"If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, a notification will be shown at the " +"top of the screen, or on your lock screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:43 +msgid "" +"For example, if you get a new chat message or a new email, you will get a notification informing you. Chat " +"notifications are given special treatment, and are represented by the individual contacts who sent you the " +"chat messages." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:51 +msgid "" +"Other notifications have selectable option buttons. To close one of these notifications without selecting " +"one of its options, click the close button." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:55 +msgid "" +"Clicking the close button on some notifications dismisses them. Others, like Rhythmbox or your chat " +"application, will stay hidden in the notification list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:63 +msgid "The notification list" +msgstr "فهرست آگاهی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:65 +msgid "" +"The notification list gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It " +"appears when you click on the clock, or press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>V</" +"key></keyseq>. The notification list contains all the notifications that you have not acted upon or that " +"permanently reside in it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:72 +msgid "" +"You can view a notification by clicking on it in the list. You can close the notification list by pressing " +"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> again or <key>Esc</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:76 +msgid "Click the <gui>Clear List</gui> button to empty the list of notifications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:83 +msgid "Hiding notifications" +msgstr "نهفتن آگاهیها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:85 +msgid "If you are working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:97 C/shell-notifications.page:133 +msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:100 +msgid "Switch <gui>Notification Popups</gui> to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:104 +msgid "" +"When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the top of the screen. Notifications will still be " +"available in the notification list when you display it (by clicking on the clock, or by pressing " +"<keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch the " +"switch back to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:111 +msgid "" +"You can also disable or re-enable notifications for individual applications from the <gui>Notifications</" +"gui> panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:118 +msgid "Hiding lock screen notifications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:120 +msgid "" +"When your screen is locked, notifications appear on the lock screen. You can configure the lock screen to " +"hide these notifications for privacy reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/shell-notifications.page:124 +msgid "To switch off notifications when your screen is locked:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-notifications.page:135 +msgid "Switch <gui>Lock Screen Notifications</gui> to off." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:8 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-overview.page:25 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Calendar</link>, <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">notifications</link>, " +"<link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows and " +"workspaces</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"clock-calendar\">تقویم</link>، <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">آگاهیها</link>، <link xref=" +"\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">میانبرهای صفحهکلید</link>، <link xref=\"shell-windows\">پنجرها و فضاهای کاری</" +"link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:33 +msgid "Your desktop" +msgstr "میزکارتان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:38 +msgid "Customize your desktop" +msgstr "سفارشیسازی میزکارتان" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-overview.page:42 +msgid "Applications and windows" +msgstr "برنامهها و پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:23 +msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:26 +msgid "Find a lost window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:28 +msgid "" +"A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <gui xref=" +"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:34 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. If the missing window is on the current <link xref=\"shell-" +"windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply click the " +"thumbnail to redisplay the window, or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:41 +msgid "" +"Click different workspaces in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</link> at the right-" +"hand side of the screen to try to find your window, or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:46 +msgid "" +"Right-click the application in the dash and its open windows will be listed. Click the window in the list " +"to switch to it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:57 +msgid "Using the window switcher:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:61 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to display the <link xref=" +"\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</link>. Continue to hold down the <key>Super</key> key and " +"press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key> </keyseq> " +"to cycle backwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-lost.page:69 +msgid "" +"If an application has multiple open windows, hold down <key>Super</key> and press <key>`</key> (or the key " +"above <key>Tab</key>) to step through them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:20 +msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:24 +msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it " +"to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, " +"so you can easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:32 +msgid "" +"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or just double-click the " +"titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</" +"key> key and press <key>↑</key>, or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:38 +msgid "You can also maximize a window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:41 +msgid "" +"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is " +"fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the same keyboard " +"shortcuts you used to maximize the window." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:47 C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38 +msgid "Hold down the <key>Super</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:20 +msgid "Arrange windows in a workspace to help you work more efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:24 +msgid "Move and resize windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:26 +msgid "" +"You can move and resize windows to help you work more efficiently. In addition to the dragging behavior you " +"might expect, GNOME features shortcuts and modifiers to help you arrange windows quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:32 +msgid "" +"Move a window by dragging the titlebar, or hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and drag " +"anywhere in the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while moving to snap the window to the edges of the " +"screen and other windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:38 +msgid "" +"Resize a window by dragging the edges or corner of the window. Hold down <key>Shift</key> while resizing to " +"snap the window to the edges of the screen and other windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:41 +msgid "You can also resize a maximized window by clicking the maximize button in the titlebar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45 +msgid "" +"Move or resize a window using only the keyboard. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq> to move " +"a window or <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq> to resize. Use the arrow keys to move or resize, " +"then press <key>Enter</key> to finish, or press <key>Esc</key> to return to the original position and size." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-states.page:52 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize a window</link> by dragging it to the top of the screen. " +"Drag a window to one side of the screen to maximize it along the side, allowing you to <link xref=\"shell-" +"windows-tiled\">tile windows side by side</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:27 +msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>." +msgstr "کلیدهای <keyseq><key>سوپر</key><key>جهش</key></keyseq> را بزنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:30 +msgid "Switch between windows" +msgstr "تعویض بین پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:37 +msgid "" +"You can see all the running applications that have a graphical user interface in the <em>window switcher</" +"em>. This makes switching between tasks a single-step process and provides a full picture of which " +"applications are running." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:42 +msgid "From a workspace:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:46 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the " +"<gui>window switcher</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:51 +msgid "" +"Release <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the " +"switcher." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:55 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, still holding down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to " +"cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle " +"backwards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:62 +msgid "" +"You can also use the window list on the bottom bar to access all your open windows and switch between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:66 +msgid "" +"Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows " +"pop down as you click through. Hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> and press <key>`</" +"key> (or the key above <key>Tab</key>) to step through the list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:72 +msgid "" +"You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or <key>←</" +"key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:76 +msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:79 +msgid "" +"From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, click on a <link xref=\"shell-windows\">window</link> to switch to " +"it and leave the overview. If you have multiple <link xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces" +"\">workspaces</link> open, you can click on each workspace to view the open windows on each workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:19 +msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23 +msgid "Tile windows" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25 +msgid "" +"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows " +"side-by-side to quickly switch between them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29 +msgid "" +"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side " +"until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super" +"\">Super</key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34 +msgid "" +"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the screen, or use the same " +"keyboard shortcut you used to maximize." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-windows.page:18 +msgid "Move and organize your windows." +msgstr "پنجرهّایتان را جابهجا و سازماندهی کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:21 +msgid "Windows and workspaces" +msgstr "پنجرهها و فضاهای کاری" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows.page:23 +msgid "" +"Like other desktops, GNOME uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui xref=" +"\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and the <em>dash</em>, you can launch new " +"applications and control active windows." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-windows.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics " +"below to better learn how to use these features." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:60 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:62 +msgid "Working with windows" +msgstr "کار کردن با پنجرهها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:67 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Workspaces" +msgstr "فضاهای کاری" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/shell-windows.page:69 +msgid "Working with workspaces" +msgstr "کار کردن با فضاهای کاری" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31 +msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35 +msgid "Move a window to a different workspace" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40 C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:56 +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:31 +msgid "Using the mouse:" +msgstr "با استفاده از موشی:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42 +msgid "Press the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45 +msgid "Click and drag the window towards the bottom right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:48 +msgid "" +"Drop the window onto one of the workspaces in the <em>workspace selector</em> at the right-hand side of the " +"window list. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33 +msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:62 +msgid "Click and drag the window toward the right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:65 +msgid "The <em xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</em> will expand." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:69 +msgid "" +"Drop the window onto an empty workspace. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new " +"empty workspace appears at the bottom of the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#. (itstool) path: list/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:78 C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49 +msgid "Using the keyboard:" +msgstr "با استفاده از صفحهکلید:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:80 +msgid "" +"Select the window that you want to move (for example, using the <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super" +"\">Super</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> <em xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">window switcher</em>)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:85 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace " +"which is above the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:88 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Shift</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> to move the window to a " +"workspace which is below the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:91 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move the window to a " +"workspace which is left of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:94 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move the window to a " +"workspace which is right of the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25 +msgid "Use the workspace selector." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28 +msgid "Switch between workspaces" +msgstr "تعویض بین فضاهای کاری" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:35 +msgid "At the bottom right of the screen, click on one of the four workspaces to activate the workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:39 +msgid "" +"Click on a workspace in the <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace selector</link> on the right side of " +"the screen to view the open windows on that workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:44 +msgid "Click on any window thumbnail to activate the workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:51 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Page Up</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</" +"key><key>Alt</key><key>Up</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown above the current workspace in the " +"workspace selector." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown left of " +"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:61 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>Page Down</key></keyseq> or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</" +"key><key>Down</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown below the current workspace in the workspace " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:64 +msgid "" +"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to the workspace shown right of " +"the current workspace on the <em>workspace selector</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26 +msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:29 +msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:36 +msgid "" +"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can create multiple workspaces, which act " +"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41 +msgid "" +"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. You can use multiple workspaces, which act " +"like virtual desktops. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46 +msgid "" +"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, " +"such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different " +"workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:51 +msgid "Using workspaces:" +msgstr "استفاده از فضاهای کاری:" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:55 +msgid "" +"In the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview, move your cursor to the right-" +"most side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click the button at the bottom left of the screen in the window list, or press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-" +"super\">Super</key> key to open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:64 +msgid "" +"A vertical panel will expand showing workspaces in use, plus an empty workspace. This is the workspace " +"selector." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:67 +msgid "In the bottom right corner, you see four boxes. This is the workspace selector." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:71 +msgid "" +"To add a workspace, drag and drop a window from an existing workspace onto the empty workspace in the " +"workspace selector. This workspace now contains the window you have dropped, and a new empty workspace will " +"appear below it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:75 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop a window from your current workspace onto an empty workspace in the workspace selector. This " +"workspace now contains the window you have dropped." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:80 +msgid "To remove a workspace, simply close all of its windows or move them to other workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/shell-workspaces.page:85 +msgid "There is always at least one workspace." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-alert.page:29 +msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds." +msgstr "گزینش صدای پخششده برای پیامها، تنظیم حجم یا از کار انداختن صداهای هشدار." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-alert.page:33 +msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound" +msgstr "گزینش یا از کار انداختن صدای هشدار" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:35 +msgid "" +"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose " +"different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable " +"alert sounds entirely." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:42 C/sound-nosound.page:51 C/sound-nosound.page:92 C/sound-usemic.page:55 +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:60 C/sound-volume.page:61 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Sound</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:46 C/sound-nosound.page:55 C/sound-nosound.page:96 C/sound-usemic.page:59 +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:64 C/sound-volume.page:65 +msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:49 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Alert Sound</gui> section, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so " +"you can hear how it sounds." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-alert.page:54 +msgid "" +"Use the volume slider for <gui>System Sounds</gui>in the <gui>Volume Levels</gui> section to set the volume " +"of the alert sound. This will not affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-broken.page:20 +msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality." +msgstr "رفع مشکلاتی چون نداشتن صدا یا کیفیت بد صوتی." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-broken.page:24 +msgid "Sound problems" +msgstr "مشکلات صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-broken.page:31 +msgid "" +"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best " +"describes the problem you are experiencing?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-crackle.page:19 +msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-crackle.page:22 +msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:24 +msgid "" +"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the " +"audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:30 +msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:31 +msgid "" +"If the speakers are not fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a " +"buzzing sound." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:36 +msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable is not damaged." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:37 +msgid "" +"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another " +"audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, " +"you may need to replace the cable or headphones." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:44 +msgid "Check if the sound drivers are not very good." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:45 +msgid "" +"Some sound cards do not work very well on Linux because they do not have very good drivers. This problem is " +"more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus " +"the search term “Linux”, to see if other people are having the same problem." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-crackle.page:49 +msgid "You can use the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command to get more information about your sound card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-nosound.page:24 +msgid "" +"Check that the sound is not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:28 +msgid "I cannot hear any sounds on the computer" +msgstr "نمیتوانم هیچ صدایی را روی رایانه بشنوم" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:30 +msgid "" +"If you cannot hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, go through the " +"following troubleshooting tips." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:34 +msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted" +msgstr "مطئن شوید بیصدا نشده است" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:36 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> and make sure that the sound is not " +"muted or turned down." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:39 +msgid "" +"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards — try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the " +"sound." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:42 +msgid "" +"You should also check that you have not muted the application that you are using to play sound (for " +"example, your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main " +"window, so check that." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:47 +msgid "Also, you can check the <gui>Applications</gui> tab in the <gui>Sound</gui> GUI:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:58 +msgid "Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, check that your application is not muted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:66 +msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:67 +msgid "" +"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. " +"Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the “output” audio socket on your computer. This " +"socket is usually light green in color." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:72 +msgid "" +"Some sound cards can switch between the socket they use for output (to the speakers) and the socket for " +"input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux, Windows or " +"Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to a different audio socket on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:78 +msgid "" +"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some " +"speakers have more than one input, too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:83 +msgid "Check that the correct sound device is selected" +msgstr "ببرسی کنید افزارهٔ صوتی درست، گزیده شده باشد" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:85 +msgid "" +"Some computers have multiple “sound devices” installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and " +"some are not, so you should check that you have the correct sound device selected. This might involve some " +"trial-and-error to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:99 +msgid "" +"Under <gui>Output</gui>, change the <gui>Profile</gui> settings for the selected device and play a sound to " +"see if it works. You might need to go through the list and try each profile." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:103 +msgid "If that does not work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-nosound.page:112 +msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly" +msgstr "ببرسی کنید که کارت صدا به درستی شناخته شده باشد" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:114 +msgid "" +"Your sound card may not have been detected properly probably because the drivers for the card are not " +"installed. You may need to install the drivers for the card manually. How you do this depends on the type " +"of the card." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:118 +msgid "Run the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the Terminal to find out what sound card you have:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:122 +msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and open a Terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:125 +msgid "" +"Run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; either type <cmd>sudo lspci</" +"cmd> and type your password, or type <cmd>su</cmd>, enter the <em>root</em> (administrative) password, then " +"type <cmd>lspci</cmd>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:131 +msgid "" +"Check if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed: in such case you should see the " +"make and model number of the sound card. Also, <cmd>lspci -v</cmd> shows a list with more detailed " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:137 +msgid "" +"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card. It is best to ask on support forums (or " +"otherwise) for your Linux distribution for instructions." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-nosound.page:141 +msgid "" +"If you cannot get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound " +"cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-usemic.page:29 +msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device." +msgstr "استفاده از یک میکروفون USB یا آنالوگ و گزینش یک افزارهٔ ورودی پیش گزیده." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-usemic.page:33 +msgid "Use a different microphone" +msgstr "استفاده از میکروفونی دیگر" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:35 +msgid "" +"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making " +"voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone " +"or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:41 +msgid "" +"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate audio socket on your computer. " +"Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light red " +"in color or is accompanied by a picture of a microphone. Microphones plugged into the appropriate socket " +"are usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:48 +msgid "" +"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate " +"audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/sound-usemic.page:53 C/sound-usespeakers.page:58 +msgid "Select a default audio input device" +msgstr "یک افزارهٔ ورودی صدای پیشگزیده برگزینید" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:62 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should " +"respond when you speak." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usemic.page:67 +msgid "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:30 +msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device." +msgstr "وصل کردن بلندگوها یا هدفونها و گزینش یک افزارهٔ خروجی پیشگزیده." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:34 +msgid "Use different speakers or headphones" +msgstr "استفاده از بلندگوها یا میکروفونهای دیگر" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:36 +msgid "" +"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a " +"circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or a USB." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40 +msgid "" +"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most " +"computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. This socket is usually light green in " +"color or is accompanied by a picture of headphones. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket are " +"usually used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47 +msgid "" +"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which " +"are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in " +"the sound settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52 +msgid "" +"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into " +"any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:67 +msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:72 +msgid "" +"Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all speakers are working and are " +"connected to the correct socket." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/sound-volume.page:28 +msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application." +msgstr "تنظیم حجم صدا برای رایانه و واپایش بلندی صدای هر برنامه." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/sound-volume.page:32 +msgid "Change the sound volume" +msgstr "حجحم صدا را تغییر دهید" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:34 +msgid "" +"To change the sound volume, open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#systemmenu\">system menu</gui> from the " +"right side of the top bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by " +"dragging the slider to the left." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:39 +msgid "" +"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with " +"waves coming out of them. They are often near the “F” keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are " +"usually on the “F” keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:44 +msgid "" +"If you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the speakers’ volume control. Some " +"headphones have a volume control too." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/sound-volume.page:49 +msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:51 +msgid "" +"You can change the volume for one application and leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if " +"you are listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the audio in the " +"web browser so sounds from websites do not interrupt the music." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:56 +msgid "" +"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has its volume control, " +"use that to change the volume. If not:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:68 +msgid "Under <gui>Volume Levels</gui>, change the volume of the application listed there." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/sound-volume.page:72 +msgid "" +"Only applications that are playing sounds are listed. If an application is playing sounds but is not " +"listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In such case, you " +"cannot change its volume." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: credit/name +#: C/status-icons.page:13 +msgid "Monica Kochofar" +msgstr "مونیکا کوچوفار" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/status-icons.page:20 +msgid "Explains the meanings of the icons located on the right of the top bar." +msgstr "معنی نقشکهای جاگرفته در سمت چپ نوار بالا را توضیح میدهد." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/status-icons.page:23 +msgid "What do the icons in the top bar mean?" +msgstr "معنی نقشکهای در نوار بالا چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/status-icons.page:24 +msgid "" +"This section explains the meaning of icons located on the top right corner of the screen. More " +"specifically, the different variations of the icons provided by the GNOME interface are described." +msgstr "" +"این بخش، معنای نقشکهای قرارگرفته در گوشهٔ چپ بالای صفحه را توضیح میدهد. به طور خاصتر، دگرگونههای مختلف " +"نقشکهایی که توسّط رابط گنوم فراهم شدهاند، تشریح شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/status-icons.page:29 +msgid "Universal Access Menu Icons" +msgstr "نقشکهای فهرست دسترسی همگانی" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:34 +msgid "Leads to a menu that turns on accessibility settings." +msgstr "به فهرستی رهنمون میشود که تنظیمات دسترسپذیری را روشن میکند." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/status-icons.page:42 +msgid "Volume Control Icons" +msgstr "نقشکهای واپایش حجم صدا" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:47 +msgid "The volume is set to high." +msgstr "حجم صدا روی بالا تنظیم شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:51 +msgid "The volume is set to medium." +msgstr "حجم صدا روی متوسّط تنظیم شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:55 +msgid "The volume is set to low." +msgstr "حجم صدا روی پایین تنظیم شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:59 +msgid "The volume is muted." +msgstr "صدا خاموش است." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/status-icons.page:66 +msgid "Bluetooth Manager Icons" +msgstr "نقشکهای مدیر بلوتوث" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:71 +msgid "Bluetooth has been activated." +msgstr "بلوتوث فعّال شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:75 +msgid "Bluetooth has been disabled." +msgstr "بلوتوث از کار افتاده است." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/status-icons.page:83 +msgid "Explains the meanings of the Network Manager icons." +msgstr "معنی نقشکهای مدیر شبکه را توضیح میدهد." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/status-icons.page:86 +msgid "Network Manager Icons" +msgstr "نقشکهای مدیر شبکه" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/status-icons.page:88 +msgid "<app>Cellular Connection</app>" +msgstr "<app>اتّصال سیمکارتی</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:93 +msgid "Connected to a 3G network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ نسل سوم." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:97 +msgid "Connected to a 4G network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ نسل چهارم." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:101 +msgid "Connected to an EDGE network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ اج." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:105 +msgid "Connected to a GPRS network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ جیپیآراس." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:109 +msgid "Connected to a UMTS network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ یوامتیاس." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:113 +msgid "Connected to a cellular network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ سلّولی." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:117 +msgid "Acquiring a cellular network connection." +msgstr "در حال به دست آوردن یک اتّصال شبکهٔ سلّولی." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:121 C/status-icons.page:223 +msgid "Very high signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال خیلی بالا." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:125 C/status-icons.page:227 +msgid "High signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال بالا." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:129 C/status-icons.page:231 +msgid "Medium signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال متوسّط." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:133 C/status-icons.page:235 +msgid "Low signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال پایین." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:137 +msgid "Extremely low signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال خیلی پایین." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/status-icons.page:143 +msgid "<app>Local Area Network (LAN) Connection</app>" +msgstr "<app>اتّصال شبکهٔ محلّی(LAN)</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:147 +msgid "There has been an error in finding the network." +msgstr "خطایی در یافتن شبکه وجود داشت." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:151 +msgid "The network is inactive." +msgstr "شبکه غیرفعّال است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:155 +msgid "There is no route found for the network." +msgstr "هیچ مسیری برای شبکه پیدا نشد." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:159 +msgid "The network is offline." +msgstr "شبکه برونخط است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:163 +msgid "The network is receiving data." +msgstr "شبکه در حال دریافت داده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:167 +msgid "The network is transmitting and receiving data." +msgstr "شبکه در حال ارسال و دریافت داده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:171 +msgid "The network is transmitting data." +msgstr "شبکه در حال ارسال داده است." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/status-icons.page:177 +msgid "<app>Virtual Private Network (VPN) Connection</app>" +msgstr "<app>اتّصال شبکهٔ خصوصی مجازی (ویپیان)</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:181 C/status-icons.page:194 +msgid "Acquiring a network connection." +msgstr "در حال به دست آوردن یک اتّصال شبکه." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:185 +msgid "Connected to a VPN network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ ویپیان." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/status-icons.page:190 +msgid "<app>Wired Connection</app>" +msgstr "<app>اتّصال سیمی</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:198 +msgid "Disconnected from the network." +msgstr "قطعشده از شبکه." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:202 +msgid "Connected to a wired network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ سیمی." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/status-icons.page:207 +msgid "<app>Wireless Connection</app>" +msgstr "<app>اتّصال بیسیم</app>" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:211 +msgid "Acquiring a wireless connection." +msgstr "در حال به دست آوردن یک اتّصال بیسیم." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:215 +msgid "The wireless network is encrypted." +msgstr "شبکهٔ بیسیم رمزشده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:219 +msgid "Connected to a wireless network." +msgstr "وصلشده به یک شبکهٔ بیسیم." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:239 +msgid "Very low signal strength." +msgstr "قدرت سیگنال خیلی پایین." + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/status-icons.page:246 +msgid "Power Manager Icons" +msgstr "نقشکهای مدیر نیرو" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:251 +msgid "The battery is full." +msgstr "باتری پر است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:255 +msgid "The battery is partially drained." +msgstr "باتری تقریباً خالی است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:259 +msgid "The battery is low." +msgstr "باتری کم است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:263 +msgid "Caution: The battery is very low." +msgstr "هشدار: باتری بسیار کم است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:267 +msgid "The battery is extremely low." +msgstr "باتری بیش از حد کم است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:271 +msgid "The battery has been unplugged." +msgstr "باتری کشیده شد." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:275 +msgid "The battery is fully charged." +msgstr "باتری کاملاً شارژ شده است." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:279 +msgid "The battery is full and charging." +msgstr "باتری پر است و در حال شارژ." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:283 +msgid "The battery is partially full and charging." +msgstr "باتری تقریباً پر است و در حال شارژ." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:287 +msgid "The battery is low and charging." +msgstr "باتری کم است و در حال شارژ." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:291 +msgid "The battery is very low and charging." +msgstr "باتری بسیار کم است و در حال شارژ." + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/status-icons.page:295 +msgid "The battery is empty and charging." +msgstr "باتری خالی است و در حال شارژ." + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:33 +msgid "" +"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:36 +msgid "Enter special characters" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world’s writing systems, even those not " +"found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: links/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43 +msgid "Methods to enter characters" +msgstr "روشهای وارد کردن نویسهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47 +msgid "Characters" +msgstr "نویسهها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:48 +msgid "" +"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to find and insert unusual characters, " +"including emoji, by browsing character categories or searching for keywords." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:52 +msgid "You can launch <app>Characters</app> from the Activities overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57 +msgid "Compose key" +msgstr "کلید ایجاد" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58 +msgid "" +"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a row to get a special character. " +"For example, to type the accented letter <em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> " +"then <key>e</key>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:62 +msgid "" +"Keyboards don’t have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of the existing keys on your " +"keyboard as a compose key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: steps/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75 +msgid "Define a compose key" +msgstr "تعریف یک کلید ایجاد" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:84 +msgid "Click the <gui>Keyboard & Mouse</gui> tab." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:87 +msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> next to the <gui>Compose Key</gui> setting." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:91 +msgid "Turn the switch on in the dialog and pick the keyboard shortcut you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:95 +msgid "Tick the checkbox of the key that you want to set as the Compose key." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:99 +msgid "Close the dialog." +msgstr "گفتوگو را ببندید." + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106 +msgid "You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:110 +msgid "" +"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute accent over that letter, such as " +"<em>é</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:112 +msgid "" +"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to place a grave accent over that " +"letter, such as <em>è</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:115 +msgid "" +"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut over that letter, such as " +"<em>ë</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:117 +msgid "" +"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron over that letter, such as <em>ē</" +"em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:120 +msgid "" +"For more compose key sequences, see <link href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:126 +msgid "Code points" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:128 +msgid "" +"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. " +"Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, look " +"it up in the <app>Characters</app> application. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:134 +msgid "" +"To enter a character by its code point, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Shift</key><key>U</key></keyseq>, " +"then type the four-character code and press <key>Space</key> or <key>Enter</key>. If you often use " +"characters that you can’t easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code " +"point for those characters so you can enter them quickly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:144 +msgid "Keyboard layouts" +msgstr "چینشهای صفحهکلید" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:145 +msgid "" +"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed " +"on the keys. You can even easily switch between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the top bar. To " +"learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:152 +msgid "Input methods" +msgstr "روشهای ورودی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:154 +msgid "" +"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard but " +"also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or " +"enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/tips-specialchars.page:159 +msgid "" +"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu <gui>Input Method</gui>, choose " +"an input method you want to use. There is no default input method provided, so refer to the input methods " +"documentation to see how to use them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/tips.page:12 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click " +"shortcuts</link>…" +msgstr "" +"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">نویسههای ویژه</link>، <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">میانبرهای کلیک وسط</" +"link>…" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/tips.page:16 +msgid "Tips & tricks" +msgstr "نکتهها و ترفندها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:19 +msgid "Manipulate your desktop using gestures on your touchscreen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:22 +msgid "Use touchscreen gestures to navigate the desktop" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:24 +msgid "Multitouch gestures can be used on touchscreens for system navigation, as well as in applications." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:27 +msgid "" +"A number of applications make use of gestures. In <app>Document Viewer</app>, documents can be zoomed and " +"swiped with gestures, and <app>Image Viewer</app> allows you to zoom, rotate and pan." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:32 +msgid "System-wide gestures" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:37 +msgid "<em>Open the Activities Overview</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:38 +msgid "Bring three or more fingers closer together while touching the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:42 +msgid "<em>Open the Applications View</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:43 +msgid "Slide right from the left screen edge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:47 +msgid "<em>Bring down the notifications list</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:48 +msgid "Slide down from the top center edge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:52 +msgid "<em>Bring down the system menu</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:53 +msgid "Slide down from the top right edge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:57 +msgid "<em>Bring up the on-screen keyboard</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:58 +msgid "Slide up from the bottom screen edge." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:62 +msgid "<em>Switch Application</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:63 +msgid "Hold three fingers on the surface while tapping with the fourth." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:67 +msgid "<em>Switch Workspace</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:68 +msgid "Drag up or down with four fingers touching the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:75 +msgid "Application gestures" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:80 +msgid "<em>Open an item, launch an application, play a song</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:81 +msgid "Tap on an item." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:85 +msgid "<em>Select an item and list actions that can be performed</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:86 +msgid "Press and hold for a second or two." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:90 +msgid "<em>Scroll the area on the screen</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:91 +msgid "Drag: slide a finger touching the surface." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:98 +msgid "<em>Change the zoom level of a view (<app>Maps</app>, <app>Photos</app>)</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:100 +msgid "" +"Two-finger pinch or stretch: Touch the surface with two fingers while bringing them closer or further apart." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:106 +msgid "<em>Rotate a photo</em>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: td/p +#: C/touchscreen-gestures.page:107 +msgid "Two-finger rotate: Touch the surface with two fingers and rotate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/translate.page:7 +msgid "How and where to help translate these topics." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/translate.page:27 +msgid "Participate to improve translations" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/translate.page:29 +msgid "GNOME’s help is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/translate.page:33 +msgid "" +"There are <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/module/gnome-user-docs/\">many languages</link> for which " +"translations are still needed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/translate.page:37 +msgid "" +"To start translating, you will need to <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/register/\">create an account</" +"link> and join the <link href=\"https://l10n.gnome.org/teams/\">translation team</link> for your language. " +"This will give you the ability to upload new translations." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/translate.page:43 +msgid "" +"You can chat with GNOME translators by joining the #i18n channel on the <link xref=\"help-irc\">GNOME IRC " +"server</link>. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a " +"result of timezone differences." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/translate.page:49 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/" +"mailman/listinfo/gnome-i18n\">mailing list</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:20 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Users" +msgstr "کاربران" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-accounts.page:21 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link " +"xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:28 +msgid "User accounts" +msgstr "حسابهای کاربری" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-accounts.page:31 +msgid "" +"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their " +"files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access a " +"different user account if you know their password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:38 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "حساب" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:40 +msgid "Manage user accounts" +msgstr "مدیریت حسابهای کاربر" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:44 +msgid "Passwords" +msgstr "گذرواژهها" + +#. (itstool) path: info/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:49 +msgctxt "link:trail" +msgid "Privileges" +msgstr "دسترسیها" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-accounts.page:51 +msgid "User privileges" +msgstr "دسترسیهای کاربر" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-add.page:33 +msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-add.page:36 +msgid "Add a new user account" +msgstr "افزودن یک حساب کاربری جدید" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-add.page:38 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or " +"company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-add.page:42 +msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:58 +msgid "" +"Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to add a new user " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:62 +msgid "" +"If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the " +"computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:65 +msgid "" +"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date " +"and time." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:69 +msgid "" +"Enter the new user’s full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. If you " +"do not like the proposed username, you can change it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:74 +msgid "You can choose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first login." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: media/span +#: C/user-add.page:79 C/user-changepassword.page:86 +msgid "generate password" +msgstr "ایجاد گذرواژه" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-add.page:76 +msgid "" +"If you choose to set the password now, you can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to " +"automatically generate a random password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-add.page:87 +msgid "" +"If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, <gui style=\"button" +"\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press the current password status." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-add.page:92 +msgid "" +"In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user’s name to the right to set an image " +"for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can " +"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-change.page:26 +msgid "You can allow users to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-change.page:30 +msgid "Change who has administrative privileges" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:32 +msgid "" +"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You " +"can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones do not. They are a good way of keeping " +"your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:37 +msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to change account types." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:46 C/user-autologin.page:37 C/user-changepassword.page:74 +#: C/user-changepicture.page:50 C/user-delete.page:57 +msgid "Click <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:53 +msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:56 +msgid "" +"Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:60 +msgid "The user’s privileges will be changed when they next log in." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:65 +msgid "" +"The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is the user " +"account that was created when you first installed the system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-change.page:68 +msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:25 +msgid "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29 +msgid "How do administrative privileges work?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:31 +msgid "" +"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the " +"system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed incorrectly they can " +"cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also " +"modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:38 +msgid "" +"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change " +"the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you will not need to change any system files or use " +"these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:44 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative " +"privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask " +"for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package " +"manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it " +"has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:52 +msgid "" +"Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. <gui>Administrator</gui> users are allowed " +"to have these privileges while <gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges you " +"will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the “root” account) have permanent " +"administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because you might " +"accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61 +msgid "" +"In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but " +"prevent you from doing it accidentally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65 +msgid "What does “super user” mean?" +msgstr "معنی «کاربر ریشه» چیست؟" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because " +"that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> " +"and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you “super user” (administrative) privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:74 +msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:76 +msgid "" +"Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful " +"because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:80 +msgid "" +"If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or " +"run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative privileges " +"temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/user-admin-explain.page:86 +msgid "" +"Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other users " +"from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing " +"applications that you don’t want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28 +msgid "You can do some things, like installing applications, only if you have administrative privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32 +msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:34 +msgid "" +"You may experience a few problems if you do not have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative " +"privileges</link>. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40 +msgid "connecting to networks or wireless networks," +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:43 +msgid "viewing the contents of a different disk partition (for example, a Windows partition), or" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:47 +msgid "installing new applications." +msgstr "نصب برنامههای جدید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-admin-problems.page:51 +msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative privileges</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-autologin.page:23 +msgid "Set up automatic login for when you switch on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-autologin.page:26 +msgid "Log in automatically" +msgstr "ورود خودکار" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-autologin.page:28 +msgid "" +"You can change your settings so that you are automatically logged in to your account when you start up your " +"computer:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-autologin.page:40 +msgid "Select the user account that you want to log in to automatically at startup." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-autologin.page:48 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Automatic Login</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-autologin.page:52 +msgid "" +"When you next start up your computer, you will be logged in automatically. If you have this option enabled, " +"you will not need to type in your password to log in to your account which means that if someone else " +"starts up your computer, they will be able to access your account and your personal data including your " +"files and browser history." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-autologin.page:59 +msgid "" +"If your account type is <em>Standard</em>, you cannot change this setting. Contact your system " +"administrator who can change this setting for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-changepassword.page:31 +msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-changepassword.page:35 +msgid "Change your password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:62 +msgid "" +"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows " +"your password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:77 +msgid "" +"Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are changing the password for a " +"different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:82 +msgid "" +"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Verify New " +"Password</gui> field." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:84 +msgid "" +"You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><_:media-1/></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:90 +msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>." +msgstr "روی <gui>تغییر</gui> کلیک کنید." + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:94 +msgid "" +"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your " +"user account safe." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:98 +msgid "" +"When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be the " +"same as your new login password." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepassword.page:102 +msgid "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-changepicture.page:31 +msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-changepicture.page:34 +msgid "Change your login screen photo" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:36 +msgid "" +"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your " +"photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:53 +msgid "" +"If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right " +"corner and type in your password when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:58 +msgid "" +"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you " +"like one of them, click it to use it for yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:63 +msgid "If you would rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Select a file…</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-changepicture.page:67 +msgid "" +"If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a picture…</gui>. Take " +"your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you do not want. If you do not " +"like the picture you took, click <gui style=\"button\">Take Another Picture</gui> to try again, or " +"<gui>Cancel</gui> to give up." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-delete.page:39 +msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-delete.page:42 +msgid "Delete a user account" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-delete.page:44 +msgid "" +"You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</link>. If somebody is no " +"longer using your computer, you can delete that user’s account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-delete.page:48 +msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to delete user accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-delete.page:64 +msgid "" +"Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button, below the list " +"of accounts on the left, to delete that user account." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-delete.page:69 +msgid "" +"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the " +"user’s home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you are sure they will not be used anymore and you " +"need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to " +"back up the files to an external storage device before deleting them." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31 +msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34 +msgid "Choose a secure password" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:37 +msgid "" +"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer " +"programs) to guess." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:41 +msgid "" +"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone " +"may figure it out and gain access to your personal information." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45 +msgid "" +"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be " +"difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips " +"for choosing a good password:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:52 +msgid "" +"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and spaces in the password. This makes " +"it more difficult to guess; there are more symbols from which to choose, meaning more possible passwords " +"that someone would have to check when trying to guess yours." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:57 +msgid "" +"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can " +"remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, “Flatland: A " +"Romance of Many Dimensions” would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65 +msgid "" +"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a " +"person or computer to guess it." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70 +msgid "" +"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these " +"first. The most common password is “password” — people can guess passwords like this very quickly!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:76 +msgid "Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or any family member’s name." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:80 +msgid "Do not use any nouns." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:83 +msgid "" +"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of someone being able to make out what " +"you have typed if they happen to be watching you." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:87 +msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92 +msgid "Use different passwords for different things." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:95 +msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96 +msgid "" +"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of " +"your accounts immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:98 +msgid "" +"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as secure as using a different " +"passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that do not matter (like " +"websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/user-goodpassword.page:105 +msgid "Change your passwords regularly." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/video-dvd.page:23 +msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region." +msgstr "ممکن است رمزینههای درست را نصب نداشته باشید یا دیویدی برای ناحیهٔ اشتباهی باشد." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:27 +msgid "Why won’t DVDs play?" +msgstr "چرا دیویدیها پخش نمیشوند؟" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:29 +msgid "" +"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn’t play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> " +"installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:34 +msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback" +msgstr "نصب رمزینههای درست برای پخش دیویدی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:36 +msgid "" +"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software " +"that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If your movie player software doesn’t find the " +"right codecs, it may offer to install them for you. If not, you’ll have to install the codecs manually — " +"ask for help on how to do this, for example on your Linux distribution’s support forums." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:43 +msgid "" +"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but " +"it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection. This " +"software is available from a number of Linux distributions, but cannot be legally used in all countries. " +"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"https://fluendo.com/" +"en/products/multimedia/oneplay-dvd-player/\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use " +"in all countries." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/title +#: C/video-dvd.page:55 +msgid "Checking the DVD region" +msgstr "بررسی ناحیهٔ دیویدی" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:57 +msgid "" +"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be " +"played. If the region of your computer’s DVD player does not match the region of the DVD you are trying to " +"play, you won’t be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be " +"allowed to play DVDs from North America." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:63 +msgid "" +"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times " +"before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer’s DVD player, use " +"<link href=\"http://linvdr.org/projects/regionset/\">regionset</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: section/p +#: C/video-dvd.page:68 +msgid "" +"You can find <link href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DVD_region_code\">more information about DVD region " +"codes on Wikipedia</link>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/video-sending.page:20 +msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed." +msgstr "بررسی کنید که رمزینههای ویدیویی درست را نصب کرده باشند." + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/video-sending.page:23 +msgid "Other people can’t play the videos I made" +msgstr "دیگران نمیتوانند ویدیوهایی که ساختهام را پخش کنند" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:25 +msgid "" +"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find " +"that they have problems playing the video." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:29 +msgid "" +"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A " +"codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There " +"are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check " +"which format your video is by doing:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-sending.page:37 +msgid "Open <app>Files</app> from the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-sending.page:41 +msgid "Right-click on the video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/video-sending.page:44 +msgid "" +"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> or <gui>Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>Codec</gui> are listed " +"under <gui>Video</gui> and <gui>Audio</gui> (if the video also has audio)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:50 +msgid "" +"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it " +"helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For " +"example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to " +"try and watch it, search for “theora windows media player”. You will often be able to download the right " +"codec for free if it’s not installed." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/video-sending.page:58 +msgid "" +"If you can’t find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</" +"link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. " +"Failing that, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, " +"and specific video converter applications are available. Check the software installer application to see " +"what’s available." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/video-sending.page:67 +msgid "" +"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have " +"been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren’t copied across perfectly), they could have " +"problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there " +"could have been some errors when you saved the video)." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:24 +msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27 +msgid "Use the tablet left-handed" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29 +msgid "" +"Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these " +"buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:35 C/wacom-mode.page:33 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42 +msgid "" +"Open the <gui xref=\"shell-introduction#activities\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wacom " +"Tablet</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:39 C/wacom-mode.page:37 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:46 +msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:41 C/wacom-mode.page:40 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:49 +msgid "Click the <gui>Tablet</gui> button in the header bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:42 C/wacom-mode.page:41 C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:50 +msgid "" +"If no tablet is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>. Click " +"the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to connect a wireless tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:46 +msgid "Switch the <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> switch to on." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-mode.page:24 +msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-mode.page:27 +msgid "Set the Wacom tablet’s tracking mode" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:29 +msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:45 +msgid "" +"Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:49 +msgid "" +"In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of " +"the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-mode.page:52 +msgid "" +"In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, " +"the cursor on the screen doesn’t move. This is the way a mouse operates." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29 +msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32 +msgid "Choose a monitor" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:54 +msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:55 +msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:56 +msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:58 +msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:62 +msgid "" +"Switch the <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> switch to on to match the drawing area of the tablet to " +"the proportions of the monitor. This setting, also called <em>force proportions</em>, “letterboxes” the " +"drawing area on a tablet to correspond more directly to a display. For example, a 4∶3 tablet would be " +"mapped so that the drawing area would correspond to a widescreen display." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:69 +msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23 +msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:26 +msgid "Configure the stylus" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:46 +msgid "Click <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> in the sidebar to open the panel." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:49 +msgid "Click the <gui>Stylus</gui> button in the header bar." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50 +msgid "" +"If no stylus is detected, you’ll be asked to <gui>Please move your stylus to the proximity of the tablet to " +"configure it</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:54 +msgid "" +"The panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) " +"and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:58 +msgid "" +"<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” (how physical pressure is translated " +"to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:61 +msgid "" +"<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to " +"each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, " +"Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, or Forward." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: item/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:66 +msgid "" +"<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the “feel” between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</" +"gui>." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: note/p +#: C/wacom-stylus.page:73 +msgid "" +"If you have more than one stylus, use the pager next to the stylus device name to choose which stylus to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: info/desc +#: C/wacom.page:7 +msgid "" +"<link xref=\"wacom-multi-monitor\">Map a monitor</link>, <link xref=\"wacom-stylus\">configure the stylus</" +"link>, <link xref=\"wacom-left-handed\">use the tablet left handed</link>…" +msgstr "" + +#. (itstool) path: page/title +#: C/wacom.page:31 +msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet" +msgstr "رایانک گرافیکی وکوم" |